<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<Denemo>
  <merge>
    <title>A Denemo Command Set</title>
    <author>AT, JRR, RTS</author>
    <map>
      <cursors>
        <cursor-binding>
          <state>102</state>
          <cursor>146</cursor>
        </cursor-binding>
        <cursor-binding>
          <state>104</state>
          <cursor>116</cursor>
        </cursor-binding>
      </cursors>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>NewScore</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu</menupath>
        <_label>New</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start a new musical score for a named instrument/voice.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>NewWindow</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu</menupath>
        <_label>New Tab</_label>
        <_tooltip>Create working area (tab with an empty score in it)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Open</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open</_label>
        <_tooltip>Open a file containing a music score for editing</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Save</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Save</_label>
        <_tooltip>Save the score. The score is saved to disk in XML format.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BookmarkNamed</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</menupath>
        <_label>Add Named Bookmark</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a custom Lilypond Rehearsal Mark</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteObject</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Object</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete the object at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleReduceToDrawingArea</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Hide/Show Menus</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides/Shows menus, panes etc. The ones shown are those checked in the view menu.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SharpenEnharmonicSet</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Shift Accidentals Sharpwise</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shifts the set of accidentals one step sharper</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RecordMidiIn</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Record from MIDI in (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Records/Stops recording notes played on MIDI keyboard. Notes are recorded on a track above a click track staff at the top of the score. Insert the notes into the score by pressing duration keys/Ins key.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Play</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Play</_label>
        <_tooltip>Playback from start marker to end marker (Set these markers in the playback controls)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PlayWithScrolling</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Play</_label>
        <_tooltip>Playback from start marker to end marker (Set these markers in the playback controls)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Stop</action>
        <after>Play</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Stop</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stop Playback</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoreCommands</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>More Commands</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows choosing standard extra commands/menu items</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Ab-Pentascale</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note</menupath>
        <_label>Ab Pentascale</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Help</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Browse Manual</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a browser on the user manual</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditScoreProperties</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>Score Properties Editor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a dialog to edit the score properties.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditMovementProperties</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Movement Properties Editor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a dialog to edit the movement properties.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditStaffProperties</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Staff Properties Editor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a dialog to edit the current staff properties.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddBefore</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Staff Above Current</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a new staff before the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddAfter</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Staff Below Current</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts/Adds a new staff after the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddInitial</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Initial Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a new staff at the top of the score</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddLast</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Last Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a new staff at the end of the score</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteBefore</action>
        <_label>Delete Staff Before</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes the staff before the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteAfter</action>
        <_label>Delete Staff After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes the staff after the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InitialClef</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Initial Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the initial clef of the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InitialKey</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Key</menupath>
        <_label>Initial Key</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the initial key signature of the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InitialTimeSig</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Inital Time Signature</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the initial time signature of the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ShrinkMeasures</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Shrink Measures</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>WidenMeasures</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Widen Measures</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ShorterStaffs</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Shorter Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>TallerStaffs</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Taller Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToMeasureRight</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Measure Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToMeasureLeft</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Measure Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Measure Before</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a blank measure before the current one (in all staffs)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Measure After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a blank measure after the current one (in all staffs)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertMeasureBefore</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Staff Insert Measure Before</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a blank measure before the current one (in current staff)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertMeasureAfter</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Staff Insert Measure After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a blank measure in current staff after the current measure</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AppendMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Staff Append Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Append an empty measure at the end of the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Staff Delete Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete the current measure in this staff, leaving the staff short</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteMeasureAllStaffs</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Measure All Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete the current measure in all staffs</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddA</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNoteMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add A</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds note A to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>A</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Change/Append A</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note the cursor is on to the note A.
If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Ottava</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Ottava</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts an 8va mark (or 15ma) mark or terminates one already started. Either octave up or octave down can be specified. The notes should be entered at the true (sounding) pitch. Combine with a Print Transposition if you want to see the notes in the display at the transposed pitch (affects the MIDI playback).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddVerse</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Add Lyric Verse</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a verse of lyrics</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetMark</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Set Selection Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the start and end point of the selection to the object at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetPoint</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Extend Selection to Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Extends and existing selection to the current cursor position  (selection start must have been set)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>CursorLeft</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Selection Cursor Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor one object left, altering the selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveCursorLeft</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move Cursor Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor one object left, without altering the selection</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>CursorDown</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Cursor Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor one scale step down</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>CursorUp</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Cursor Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor one scale step up</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>CursorRight</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Selection Cursor Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor one object right, altering the selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveCursorRight</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move Cursor Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor one object right, without altering the selection</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>GoToMark</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>To Mark</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the Mark without altering the selection</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SwapPointAndMark</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Swap Ends of Selection</_label>
        <_tooltip>Swaps the active end of the selection</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>GoToSelectionStart</action>
        <_label>To Selection Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the first object in the selection without altering the selection. returns #f if no selection</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PushPosition</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Push Position</_label>
        <_tooltip>Pushes the current cursor position onto a stack</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PopPosition</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Pop Position</_label>
        <_tooltip>Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, moving the cursor there</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PopPushPosition</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Pop and Push Position</_label>
        <_tooltip>Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, pushes the current position, then moves the cursor to the popped position</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>StaffUp</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Selection Staff Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the staff above, extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>StaffDown</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Selection Staff Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the staff below, extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToStaffUp</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Staff Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the staff above without altering selection. On the top staff it adds space above the staffs.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToStaffDown</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Staff Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the staff below  without altering selection</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MeasureLeft</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Selection Measure Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure, extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MeasureRight</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Selection Measure Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure, extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>B</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Change/Append B</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note the cursor is on to the note B.
If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>C</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Change/Append C</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note the cursor is on to the note C.
If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>D</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Change/Append D</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note the cursor is on to the note D.
If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>E</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Change/Append E</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note the cursor is on to the note E.
If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>F</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Change/Append F</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note the cursor is on to the note F.
If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>G</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Change/Append G</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note the cursor is on to the note G.
If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>OctaveUp</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Octave Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note at the cursor to an octave higher</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>OctaveDown</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Octave Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note at the cursor to an octave lower</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>WholeNote</action>
        <_label>WholeNote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅝</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>HalfNote</action>
        <_label>HalfNote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅗𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>QuarterNote</action>
        <_label>QuarterNote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅘𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EighthNote</action>
        <_label>EighthNote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅮</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SixteenthNote</action>
        <_label>SixteenthNote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅯</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ThirtysecondNote</action>
        <_label>ThirtysecondNote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅰</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SixtyfourthNote</action>
        <_label>SixtyfourthNote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅱</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>OneHundredTwentyEighthNote</action>
        <_label>OneHundredTwentyEighthNote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅲</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>TwoHundredFiftySixthNote</action>
        <_label>TwoHundredFiftySixthNote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddDot</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Add Dot</_label>
        <_tooltip>Lengthen the chord, note or rest at the cursor by dotting it.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>RemoveDot</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Remove Dot</_label>
        <_tooltip>Reduce the dotting of the chord note or rest at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Augment</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Augment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Doubles the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Half Note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Diminish</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Diminish</_label>
        <_tooltip>Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PendingSharpen</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Sharpen Next Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Increases the sharpness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PendingFlatten</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Flatten Next Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Increases the flatness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertWholeRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄻</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝄻 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertHalfRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄼</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝄼 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertQuarterRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄽</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝄽 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertEighthRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄾</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝄾 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertSixteenthRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄿</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝄿 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertThirtysecondRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅀</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅀 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertSixtyfourthRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅁</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert 𝅁 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBlankWholeNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄻 Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a non-printing 𝄻 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBlankHalfNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄼 Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a non-printing 𝄼 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBlankQuarterNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄽 Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a non-printing 𝄽 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBlankEighthNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄾 Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a non-printing 𝄾 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBlankSixteenthNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄿 Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a non-printing 𝄿 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBlankThirtysecondNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅀 Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a non-printing 𝅀 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBlankSixtyfourthNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅁 Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a non-printing 𝅁 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBlankOneHundredTwentyEighthNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅂 Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a non-printing 𝅂 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBlankTwoHundredFiftySixthNote</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅃 Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a non-printing 𝅃 rest</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>NextRhythm</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Next Snippet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Make next snippet
the current snippet.
Notes entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeginOrEndTriplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Begin/End Triplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a start triplet object or a stop tuplet if one is already started. Notes inside these objects have 2/3 of their written duration.
triplets extending over barlines and nested triplets will be typeset correctly, but the display will not show them properly.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StartTuplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Start Arbitrary Tuplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Asks for ratio of tuplet and then puts in a start for that. Use EndTuplet command after entering tuplet notes. Note that the Denemo display will not automatically group the tuplet, but it will print with expected beaming etc.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EndTuplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>End Tuplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts an End Tuplet object, which terminates a tuplet started earlier in this measure.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertDuplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Duplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertTriplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Triplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a Start Triplet object and an End Tuplet object and places the cursor between these two</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>StartTriplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Start Triplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts an Start Triplet object, which makes the notes following take 2/3 of their written duration. Later in this measure there should be an End Tuplet object.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertQuadtuplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Quadruplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertQuintuplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Quintuplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertSextuplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Sextuplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertSeptuplet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Septuplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddNoteToChord</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a note to the current chord
The cursor position determines which note to add</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>RemoveNoteFromChord</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Remove note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Remove a note from the current chord, based on the cursor position</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Sharpen</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Sharpen</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sharpen the note at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Flatten</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Flatten</_label>
        <_tooltip>Flatten the note at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>StemUp</action>
        <_label>StemUp</_label>
        <_tooltip>Alters a StemNeutral object to stem up.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>StemDown</action>
        <_label>StemDown</_label>
        <_tooltip>Alters a StemNeutral object to stem down.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertTiedNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Tied note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a duplicate of the current note, tied</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleTie</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Tie (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ties/unties the note at the cursor. The following note should be the same pitch.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeletePreviousObject</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Previous Object</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete to the left of the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertTrebleClef</action>
        <_label>New Treble Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBassClef</action>
        <_label>New Bass Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insertg8clef</action>
        <_label>New G8 Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertAltoClef</action>
        <_label>New Alto Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertTenorClef</action>
        <_label>New Tenor Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertSopranoClef</action>
        <_label>New Soprano Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialTrebleClef</action>
        <_label>Set Treble Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialBassClef</action>
        <_label>Set Bass Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialg8clef</action>
        <_label>Set G8 Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialAltoClef</action>
        <_label>Set Alto Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialTenorClef</action>
        <_label>Set Tenor Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialSopranoClef</action>
        <_label>Set Soprano Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert22Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 2/2 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert32Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 3/2 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert42Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 4/2 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert44Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 4/4 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert34Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 3/4 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert24Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 2/4 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert64Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 6/4 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert38Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 3/8 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert68Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 6/8 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert128Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 12/8 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert98Time</action>
        <_label>Insert 9/8 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set22Time</action>
        <_label>Set 2/2 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set32Time</action>
        <_label>Set 3/2 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set42Time</action>
        <_label>Set 4/2 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set44Time</action>
        <_label>Set 4/4 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set34Time</action>
        <_label>Set 3/4 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set24Time</action>
        <_label>Set 2/4 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set64Time</action>
        <_label>Set 6/4 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set38Time</action>
        <_label>Set 3/8 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set68Time</action>
        <_label>Set 6/8 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set128Time</action>
        <_label>Set 12/8 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set98Time</action>
        <_label>Set 9/8 Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertCmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Cmaj</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertGmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Gmaj</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertDmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Dmaj</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertAmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Amaj</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertEmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Emaj</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Bmaj</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertFSharpmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert F# Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertCSharpmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert C# Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertFmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert F Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Bb Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertEflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Eb Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertAflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Ab Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertDflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Db Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertGflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Gb Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertCflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Insert Cb Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertAmin</action>
        <_label>Insert A Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertEmin</action>
        <_label>Insert E Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBmin</action>
        <_label>Insert B Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertFSharpmin</action>
        <_label>Insert F# Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertCSharpmin</action>
        <_label>Insert C# Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertGSharpmin</action>
        <_label>Insert G# Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertDSharpmin</action>
        <_label>Insert D# Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertASharpmin</action>
        <_label>Insert A# Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertDmin</action>
        <_label>Insert D Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertGmin</action>
        <_label>Insert G Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertCmin</action>
        <_label>Insert C Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertFmin</action>
        <_label>Insert F Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertBflatmin</action>
        <_label>Insert Bb Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertEflatmin</action>
        <_label>Insert Eb Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertAflatmin</action>
        <_label>Insert Ab Minor</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialCmaj</action>
        <_label>Set Initial Keysig to C Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialGmaj</action>
        <_label>Set Initial Keysig to G Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialDmaj</action>
        <_label>Set D Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialAmaj</action>
        <_label>Set A Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialEmaj</action>
        <_label>Set E Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialBmaj</action>
        <_label>Set B Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialFSharpmaj</action>
        <_label>Set F# Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialCSharpmaj</action>
        <_label>Set C# Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialFmaj</action>
        <_label>Set F Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialBflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Set Bb Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialEflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Set Eb Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialAflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Set Ab Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialDflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Set Db Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialGflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Set Gb Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialCflatmaj</action>
        <_label>Set Cb Major as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialAmin</action>
        <_label>Set A Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialEmin</action>
        <_label>Set E Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialBmin</action>
        <_label>Set B Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialFSharpmin</action>
        <_label>Set F# Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialCSharpmin</action>
        <_label>Set C# Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialGSharpmin</action>
        <_label>Set G# Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialDSharpmin</action>
        <_label>Set D# Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialASharpmin</action>
        <_label>Set A# Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialDmin</action>
        <_label>Set D Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialGmin</action>
        <_label>Set G Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialCmin</action>
        <_label>Set C Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialFmin</action>
        <_label>Set F Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialBflatmin</action>
        <_label>Set Bb Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialEflatmin</action>
        <_label>Set Eb Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SetInitialAflatmin</action>
        <_label>Set Ab Minor as Initial Keysig</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>UnsetMark</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Drop the Selection</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gets rid of the selection.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MakeDirectiveConditional</action>
        <after>UnsetMark</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor</menupath>
        <_label>Make Object Directive Conditional</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to make conditional a Denemo Directive attached to the object at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EditLilyPondSyntax</action>
        <after>ToggleNonprintingSelection</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor</menupath>
        <_label>Edit LilyPond Syntax</_label>
        <_tooltip>Let's you replace the syntax sent to the LilyPond typesetter with your own choice of syntax to typeset the object at the cursor. Be aware that Denemo will continue to display the object as originally defined, only the typesetting will change.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SlurTwo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Slur to Next Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a slur from current note to next note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ExtendSlur</action>
        <after>SlurTwo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Extend Slur</_label>
        <_tooltip>Extends the slur finishing at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReduceSlur</action>
        <after>ExtendSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Shorten Slur</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shorten a slur that ends or starts at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RemoveSlur</action>
        <after>ReduceSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Remove Slur</_label>
        <_tooltip>Removes a slur that includes the note at the cursor. Deletes partly constructed slurs.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleBeginSlur</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Begin Slur (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert/delete begin slur on this note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleEndSlur</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>End Slur (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert/delete end slur on this note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleStartCrescendo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Start Crescendo (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a crescendo.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleEndCrescendo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>End Crescendo (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a crescendo.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleStartDiminuendo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Start Diminuendo (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a diminuendo.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleEndDiminuendo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>End Diminuendo (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a diminuendo.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleGrace</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Grace Note Off/On</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes the note at the cursor an appogiatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ToggleAcciaccatura</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Acciaccatura Off/On</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes the note at the cursor an acciaccatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ForceCaution</action>
        <_label>Force Cautionary Accidental</_label>
        <_tooltip>Give a cautionary accidental to the note at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ChangePitch</action>
        <_label>Change Pitch</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the pitch of the note at the cursor to the cursor height</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRhythm</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Snippet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts the current music snippet, or if none is selected prompts for a number 1,2... for the snippet to insert.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AppendMeasureAllStaffs</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Append Measure All Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Appends a blank measure to every staff in this movement</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Preferences</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Change Preferences</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set and save your preferences for how Denemo operates on startup.
Advanced users can edit .denemo-XXXX/denemorc for missing ones</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>FlattenEnharmonicSet</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Shift Accidentals Flatwise</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shifts the set of accidentals one step flatter</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>New</action>
        <_label>Empty Score</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start a new musical score</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddStaffs</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add staffs from a Denemo file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddMovements</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add movements from a Denemo file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MovementProps</action>
        <_label>Change Properties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change properties of this movement</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>OpenNewWindow</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open In New</_label>
        <_tooltip>Open a file containing a music score for editing in a separate working area (tab)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SaveAs</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Save As</_label>
        <_tooltip>Save the score under a new name</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SaveCopy</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Create Copy</_label>
        <_tooltip>Save a copy of the score</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>OpenTemplate</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open Standard Template</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start a new score from a built-in template file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>OpenExample</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open Example</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start a new score from a built-in example</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>OpenMyTemplate</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open Custom Template</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start a new score from one of your own template files</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SaveTemplate</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Save Template</_label>
        <_tooltip>Save the score as a template for re-use as a starting point for new scores</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddMovement</action>
        <after>InsertMovement</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement</menupath>
        <_label>Add Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a new movement with new time signature and titles.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertMovementBefore</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Movement Before</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a new movement before the current one</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertMovementAfter</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Movement After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a new movement after the current one</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>NewMovement</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement</menupath>
        <_label>New Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Create a new movement, using any default template</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideBarlines</action>
        <after>NewMovement</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Hide Barlines</_label>
        <_tooltip>Omits barlines when printing.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ExportMUDELA</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export Lilypond</_label>
        <_tooltip>Export the score as a lilypond file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ExportPDF</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export PDF</_label>
        <_tooltip>Export the score as a PDF document file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ExportPNG</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export Score as PNG</_label>
        <_tooltip>Export the score as a PNG image file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ExportMIDI</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export MIDI</_label>
        <_tooltip>Export the current movement as a MIDI file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ImportLilypond</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</menupath>
        <_label>Import Lilypond (Limited)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Import a Lilypond file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ImportMidi</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</menupath>
        <_label>Import Midi (Limited)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Try to Import a Midi file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ImportMusicXml</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</menupath>
        <_label>Import MusicXml</_label>
        <_tooltip>Imports a MusicXml file as a new movement. Not all features are supported.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PrintView</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Preview</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets the score
If you have a score layout selected it will use that
otherwise all movements staffs and lyrics are typeset by default.
Be patient! It takes time to create a beautifully laid out score.
Once complete you can view and then send to your printer or to a file as a .pdf document.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PrintSelection</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Selection</_label>
        <_tooltip>Displays selected music from score in your pdf viewer</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PrintExcerptPreview</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export Selection as PNG</_label>
        <_tooltip>Displays a musical excerpt in your image viewer</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PrintMovement</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialog</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Print</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets the score using LilyPond and opens a print dialog</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PrintHistory</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>History of Printing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shows the history of print outs for this score. Only saved documents have their printing recorded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PrintPart</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Part</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets the current part (the one containing the cursor).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CompareScores</action>
        <after>PrintMenu</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Compare Scores</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens two scores and reports on any differences between them.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateIndex</action>
        <after>CompareWithNextScore</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing</menupath>
        <_label>Index Scores</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates an index of all the Denemo scores in a folder and sub-folders. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Close</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Close Score</_label>
        <_tooltip>Close the current score. Other scores (tabs) will stay open</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Quit</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Quit</_label>
        <_tooltip>Quit the Denemo program - closes tabs one at a time.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Undo</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Undo</_label>
        <_tooltip>Undoes one (more) step of your edits to the current score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Redo</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Redo</_label>
        <_tooltip>Redoes the next of the steps you have Undone</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Copy</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Copy</_label>
        <_tooltip>Copy the music selected to the Denemo clipboard</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Cut</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Cut</_label>
        <_tooltip>Cut the music selected to the Denemo clipboard</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PasteObjects</action>
        <after>Cut</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Paste</_label>
        <_tooltip>Pastes the objects into the score at the current cursor position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Paste</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Paste</_label>
        <_tooltip>Paste the Denemo clipboard into the score where the cursor is positioned</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PasteClipboard</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Paste LilyPond notes</_label>
        <_tooltip>Paste LilyPond notes from the text clipboard
This will import music written as LilyPond syntax
You open the LilyPond file in a texteditor, copy the stretch of notes (control-c command in your texteditor usually) and then use this command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PasteComment</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Paste a Comment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Paste the text clipboard as a comment inserted at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ScoreProperties</action>
        <_label>Score Properties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change built-in properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SaveAccels</action>
        <_label>Save Command Set</_label>
        <_tooltip>Save the current commands and keyboard shortcuts as the default</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>CommandManagement</action>
        <_label>Manage Command Set</_label>
        <_tooltip>View help, change and save keyboard shortcuts</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SwapStaffs</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Swap Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Swap this staff with the one higher up.
Be aware that if you have inserted directives to move a voice to another staff
these may need re-making.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SplitVoices</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Split Voices</_label>
        <_tooltip>Split off the next voice as a separate staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>JoinVoices</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Join Voices</_label>
        <_tooltip>Merge this staff as a voice on the previous staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConditionalVoiceValue</action>
        <after>JoinVoices</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Conditional Values/Properties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to create conditional values for properties ("directives") you have set on the current voice Use e.g. use to set a different Instrument Name when an Inclusion Criterion is set in the Print View.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementTitles</action>
        <after>ReduceSystemSpacing</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Set Simple Movement Titles</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set titles for this movement. The names of the various titles are just suggestions, any sort of title can be placed in any field. See the manual for the default positioning of each title.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetMovementTempo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Initial Tempo</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the (initial) playback tempo in quarter notes per minute.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SwapMovements</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Swap Movements</_label>
        <_tooltip>Swap this movement with the one before</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>VoiceUp</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Selection Voice Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Go to the higher numbered voice on staff, extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>VoiceDown</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Selection Voice Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff, extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToVoiceUp</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Voice Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Go to the higher numbered voice on staff without altering selection</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToVoiceDown</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Voice Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff without altering selection</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PianoStaff</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Piano Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds two staff braced together for keyboard instrument.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddVoice</action>
        <_label>Add Voice</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a new voice (part), to the current staff. It is tricky to switch between the voices. Suggest to use merge staffs</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>StaffProperties</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Built-in Staff Properties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the built-in properties of the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertClef</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Clef Change</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert/Edit a change of clef at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertKey</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Key</menupath>
        <_label>Key Signature Change</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertTimeSig</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Time Signature Change</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit/Insert a time signature change for the current measure</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ChangeNotehead</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl</menupath>
        <_label>Set Notehead</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the type of notehead for the current note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertStem</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl</menupath>
        <_label>Auto Stemming</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a stem neutral object. After this automatic stem directions are active. You can click on this tag and use Sharpen/StemUp etc commands to change stem direction</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteVerse</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Verse</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes current verse of lyrics from current voice</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditFiguredBass</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Edit Figured Bass</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. Directly insert the LilyPond syntax for the current note by enclosing it with $ signs. See Lilypond docs for other notation</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteFiguredBass</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Figures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete the figured bass on the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteChordSymbols</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Chord Symbols</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete the chord symbols on the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>HideFiguredBass</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Hide Figures (Print)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hide the figured bass on the current staff on printing</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ShowFiguredBass</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Show Figures (Print)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Show the figured bass on the current staff on printing</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditChords</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols</menupath>
        <_label>Edit Chord Symbols</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditObject</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor</menupath>
        <_label>Edit at Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit in the context of the object at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditVoiceProperties</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Voice Properties Editor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a dialog to edit the voice properties of the current staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditDirective</action>
        <_label>Edit Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit any directives attached to chord/note at cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditStaffDirective</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Edit Staff Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit any directives attached to staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditVoiceDirective</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Edit Voice Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit any directives attached to voice.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditScoreDirective</action>
        <_label>Edit Score Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit any directives attached to score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditMovementDirective</action>
        <_label>Edit Movement Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit any directives attached to movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditClefDirective</action>
        <_label>Edit Clef Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit any directives attached to clef.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditTimesigDirective</action>
        <_label>Edit Time Signature Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit any directives attached to time signature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditKeysigDirective</action>
        <_label>Edit Key Signature Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit any directives attached to key signature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteDirective</action>
        <after>StagedDelete</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Directive at Cursor.</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes a Denemo Directive at the cursor. This may be a standalone directive or one attached to a object. Position the cursor at the note height when the directive is attached to just one note in a chord, alternatively not at a note height if the directive is attached to the chord as a whole.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>GoToMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Go to Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>GoToBeginning</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Select to Beginning</_label>
        <_tooltip>Cursor to start of staff/voice, extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>GoToEnd</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ExtendSelect</menupath>
        <_label>Select to End</_label>
        <_tooltip>Cursor to end of staff/voice, extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToBeginning</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Staff/Voice Beginning</_label>
        <_tooltip>Cursor to start of staff/voice, without extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToEnd</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Staff/Voice End</_label>
        <_tooltip>Cursor to end of staff/voice, without extending selection if any</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>NextMovement</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Next Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Go to the next movement</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PreviousMovement</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Previous Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Go to the previous movement</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteMovement</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete the current movement</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>PlaybackProperties</action>
        <_label>Playback Properties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to specify properties used in playing back (midi)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>About</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</menupath>
        <_label>About</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gives the version number etc of this program</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Shortcuts</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Shortcuts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gives a list of shortcuts currently available. Explains how to set them too.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MyCommands</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>My Commands</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from your own collection of extras</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>FetchCommands</action>
        <_label>Update Commands from Internet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Refreshes the set of commands available from Denemo.org.
Use More Commands after this has finished</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ClearOverlay</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete</menupath>
        <_label>Clear Overlay</_label>
        <_tooltip>Clear the list of pitches that overlay the notes</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>CreateRhythm</action>
        <_label>Create Snippet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Copy selection as music snippet or rhythm pattern for notes to follow as they are entered</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>DeleteRhythm</action>
        <_label>Delete Snippet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete the selected music snippet/rhythm pattern</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertA</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Insert A</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note A before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddNoteA</action>
        <_label>Insert A After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note A after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ChangeToA</action>
        <_label>Change to A</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes note at cursor to nearest note A
Rhythm is unchanged</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToA</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToNote</menupath>
        <_label>Move to A</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor to nearest note A</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertB</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Insert B</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note B before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddNoteB</action>
        <_label>Insert B After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note B after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddB</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNoteMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add B</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds note B to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ChangeToB</action>
        <_label>Change to B</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes note at cursor to nearest note B
Rhythm is unchanged</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToB</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToNote</menupath>
        <_label>Move to B</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor to nearest note B</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertC</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Insert C</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note C before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddNoteC</action>
        <_label>Insert C After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note C after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddC</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNoteMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add C</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds note C to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ChangeToC</action>
        <_label>Change to C</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes note at cursor to nearest note C
Rhythm is unchanged</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToC</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToNote</menupath>
        <_label>Move to C</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor to nearest note C</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertD</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Insert D</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note D before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddNoteD</action>
        <_label>Insert D After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note D after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddD</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNoteMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add D</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds note D to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ChangeToD</action>
        <_label>Change to D</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes note at cursor to nearest note D
Rhythm is unchanged</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToD</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToNote</menupath>
        <_label>Move to D</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor to nearest note D</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertE</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Insert E</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note E before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddNoteE</action>
        <_label>Insert E After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note E after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddE</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNoteMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add E</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds note E to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ChangeToE</action>
        <_label>Change to E</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes note at cursor to nearest note E
Rhythm is unchanged</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToE</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToNote</menupath>
        <_label>Move to E</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor to nearest note E</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertF</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Insert F</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note F before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddNoteF</action>
        <_label>Insert F After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note F after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddF</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNoteMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add F</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds note F to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ChangeToF</action>
        <_label>Change to F</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes note at cursor to nearest note F
Rhythm is unchanged</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToF</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToNote</menupath>
        <_label>Move to F</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor to nearest note F</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertG</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Insert G</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note G before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddNoteG</action>
        <_label>Insert G After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts note G after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>AddG</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNoteMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add G</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds note G to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ChangeToG</action>
        <_label>Change to G</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes note at cursor to nearest note G
Rhythm is unchanged</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>MoveToG</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToNote</menupath>
        <_label>Move to G</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor to nearest note G</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>0</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Append a 𝅝</_label>
        <_tooltip>When appending, appends a 𝅝 
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝  before the current note
If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)
 - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Change0</action>
        <_label>Change to 𝅝</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the current note to a 𝅝</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert0</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>𝅝</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a 𝅝</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRest0</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄻</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅝</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set0</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅝</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅝 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>1</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Append a 𝅗𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>When appending, appends a 𝅗𝅥 
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅗𝅥  before the current note
If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)
 - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Change1</action>
        <_label>Change to 𝅗𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the current note to a 𝅗𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert1</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>𝅗𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a 𝅗𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRest1</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄼</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅗𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set1</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅗𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅗𝅥 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>2</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥 
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥  before the current note
If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)
 - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Change2</action>
        <_label>Change to 𝅘𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert2</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>𝅘𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a 𝅘𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRest2</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄽</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set2</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>3</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅮</_label>
        <_tooltip>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮  before the current note
If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)
 - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Change3</action>
        <_label>Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅮</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅮</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert3</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>𝅘𝅥𝅮</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅮</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRest3</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄾</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅮</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set3</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅮</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅮 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>4</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅯</_label>
        <_tooltip>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯  before the current note
If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)
 - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Change4</action>
        <_label>Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅯</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅯</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert4</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>𝅘𝅥𝅯</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅯</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRest4</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝄿</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅯</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set4</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅯</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅯 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>5</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅰</_label>
        <_tooltip>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰  before the current note
If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)
 - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Change5</action>
        <_label>Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅰</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅰</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert5</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>𝅘𝅥𝅰</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅰</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRest5</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅀</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅰</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set5</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅰</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅰 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>6</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅱</_label>
        <_tooltip>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱  before the current note
If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)
 - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Change6</action>
        <_label>Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅱</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅱</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert6</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>𝅘𝅥𝅱</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅱</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRest6</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅁</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅱</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set6</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅱</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅱 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>7</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅲</_label>
        <_tooltip>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲  before the current note
If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)
 - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Change7</action>
        <_label>Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅲</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅲</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert7</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>𝅘𝅥𝅲</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅲</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRest7</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅂</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅲</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set7</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅲</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅲 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>8</action>
        <_label>Insert/Append a 𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>When appending, appends a 𝅥 
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅥  before the current note
If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)
 - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Change8</action>
        <_label>Change to 𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the current note to a 𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Insert8</action>
        <_label>𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a 𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>InsertRest8</action>
        <_label>Insert a 𝅃</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅥</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>Set8</action>
        <_label>Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅥 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TransposeMovementPrint</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Transpose on Print</_label>
        <_tooltip>The current movement will be printed transposed by the interval given.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteCurrentStaff</action>
        <after>DeleteStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Current Staff/Voice</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes current staff (if the action is confirmed by the user).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SlurLonga</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅛</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅛 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SlurBreve</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅜</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅜 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Slur0</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅝</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅝 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Slur1</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅗𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅗𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Slur2</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Slur3</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Slur4</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Slur5</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Slur6</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Slur7</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred</menupath>
        <_label> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AllowLineBreak</action>
        <after>LineBreak</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Allow Page/Line Break</_label>
        <_tooltip>Permits the typesetter to break the line at this point.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VoiceSetting</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Choose Voice</_label>
        <_tooltip>The Voice 1,2,3,4 commands set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice command returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions. The Denemo display shows automatic stem directions, use StemDown and StemUp commands if you wish to affect the display. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TabFull</action>
        <after>UnHideNotes</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature</menupath>
        <_label>Full Tab Notation On</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typeset beaming etc with Tablature from the cursor position on.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CloseLilyBlock</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Close } a LilyPond Block</_label>
        <_tooltip>Closes a LilyPond Block (there must be a matching open, {, earlier)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AutoAccidentals</action>
        <after>TypesettingOff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Accidental Printing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints accidentals according to a chosen style. Affects following notes only.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Ambitus</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Ambitus (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Toggle the ambitus engraver for this staff on or off</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideClef</action>
        <after>ClefChooser</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Hide</_label>
        <_tooltip>On printing, omit the clef change at the cursor, or the initial clef if the cursor is not on a clef change.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideKeysig</action>
        <after>InsertKey</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Key</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Hide</_label>
        <_tooltip>On printing, omit the key signature change at the cursor, or the initial key signature if the cursor is not on a key signature change.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideTimesig</action>
        <after>ChooseTimeSignature</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Hide</_label>
        <_tooltip>On printing, omit the time signature change at the cursor, or the initial time signature if the cursor is not on a time signature change.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Hide</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Hide Object</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides the object at cursor position with a lilypond directive. Currently only Notes and the three Signatures. No rests!</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SwitchMensuralBarlines</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Mensural Barlines (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Draw the barlines only between the staves but not inside.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TextAnnotation</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Textual Annotation</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows placing arbitrary text on the score which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DaCapo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>D.C al fine</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts D.C. al fine marking as a standalone Denemo Directive.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Ornament</action>
        <after>BreathMark</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Insert/Edit Ornament</_label>
        <_tooltip>Select an ornament to insert as an object at the cursor (it will be typeset on the following note), or edit the ornament already present. Ornament here includes accidentals to be placed over or under other ornaments, as well as multiple ornaments stacked on one note/chord.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenFirstTimeBar</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AlternativeBars</menupath>
        <_label>Start a First Time Bar</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) start first time bar(s), use the End Volta command at the end of the first time bar(s)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenSecondTimeBar</action>
        <after>OpenFirstTimeBar</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AlternativeBars</menupath>
        <_label>Start a Second Time Bar</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) start second time bar(s), use the End Volta command at the end of the first time bar(s)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenNthTimeBar</action>
        <after>OpenSecondTimeBar</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AlternativeBars</menupath>
        <_label>Start an Nth Time Bar</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start passage to be played on one or more of the repeats as indicated by the text given by the user (e.g. 3 for third time bar). Finish the passage using the End Volta command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EndVolta</action>
        <after>OpenNthTimeBar</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AlternativeBars</menupath>
        <_label>End Volta (1st, 2nd ... Time Bar)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ends a volta, that is a 1,2,n'th time bar; without this the opening of an 1,2,n'th time bar will not be printed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoBarline</action>
        <after>ClosingBarline</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Omit Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Skips the printing of any automatic barline here - allows line break.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenOctaveDown</action>
        <after>OpenOctaveUp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Open { Octave Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a block printing an octave lower: must be terminated with CloseLilyBlock</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenOctaveUp</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Open { Octave Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a block to be transposed up one octave
    This must be followed by a CloseBlock "}" to end the transposed section.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetBarNumber</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Set Bar Number</_label>
        <_tooltip>Enter a number to change the lilypond bar number. The printout will continue to count up from there.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftNext</action>
        <after>Hide</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Shift Object</_label>
        <_tooltip>Asks for horizontal and vertical offsets and inserts a directive to displace the object at the cursor on printing.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SingleDigitTimeSig</action>
        <after>HideTimesig</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Single Digit</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes the time signature at the cursor typeset as a single digit; if no time signature at cursor this applies to initial timesig of staff. Run the command again to delete/inspect the time signature directive.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FreeFermata</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Standalone Fermata (for Barlines)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a standalone fermata which has no playback effect. Can be used to place a Fermata on a barline.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>UnHideNotes</action>
        <after>HideNotes</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Start Drawing Notes (Again)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Reverts the "Stop drawing notes" command</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StartStaff</action>
        <after>StopStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Start Drawing Staff (Again)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Reverts the "Stop Drawing Staff" command</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideNotes</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Stop Drawing Notes</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stops the Lilypond engraving of notes</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StopStaff</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Stop Drawing Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stop drawing the staff and barlines in Lilypond. Notes are still drawn.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TransposeStaffPrint</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Transpose</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints this staff (only) transposed. This is in addition to any score-wide transposition</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffToStaffSpacing</action>
        <after>TopMarkupSpacingDist</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing</menupath>
        <_label>Spacing between Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows setting of various parameters controlling the space between staffs and between and within staffs grouped with braces.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarkupSystemSpacingDist</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Titling Markup to System Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the basic distance between a (title or top-level) markup and the system that follows it.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreMarkupSpacingDist</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Score to Title Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the distance between the last system of a score and the (title or top-level) markup that follows it.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SystemSystemSpacingDist</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>System to System Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the distance between systems.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarkupMarkupSpacingDist</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Title to Title Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the distance between two (title or top-level) markups.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TopSystemSpacingDist</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Top to System Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the distance from the top of the printable area (i.e. the bottom of the top margin) to the first system on a page, when there is no (title or top-level) markup between the two.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LastBottomSpacingDist</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Last System to Bottom Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the distance from the last system or top-level markup on a page to the bottom of the printable area (i.e. the top of the bottom margin).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreSystemSpacingDist</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Movement to First System Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the distance between the last system of a movement and the first system of the movement that follows it, when no (title or top-level) markup exists between them.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TopMarkupSpacingDist</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Top to Title Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the distance from the top of the printable area (i.e. the bottom of the top margin) to the first (title or top-level) markup on a page, when there is no system between the two.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetFontSize</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>(Print)Set Overall Score Size</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose the font size of for the score, and hence how much space it takes up.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CriticalCommentary</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog</menupath>
        <_label>(Re)Create Epilog - Critical Commentary</_label>
        <_tooltip>Collects together any critical comments from the score and places them in an epilog at the end of the music. The Title and text of the Epilog are created with the CriticalCommentaryIntro command, and critical comments are added with the CriticalComment command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeTimbre</action>
        <after>ChangeVolume</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Change Timbre (Instrument Sound)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the MIDI instrument for the following notes, optionally typesetting some text here. Use for pizz. trem. etc.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeModwheel</action>
        <after>ChangeTimbre</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>1 Modwheel</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the Modwheel value of a channel/staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangePan</action>
        <after>ChangeBalance</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>10 Pan</_label>
        <_tooltip>Where in the stereo field the channel sound will be placed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeExpression</action>
        <after>ChangePan</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>11 Expression</_label>
        <_tooltip>Aka "Sub Volume" or "Percent Volume". The "real" volume. Use Volume as initial value for each staff/channel and change further cresc/dim with expression. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeHoldPedal</action>
        <after>ChangeExpression</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>64 Hold Pedal (Right Piano Pedal)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hold Pedal On/Off (Right Piano Pedal). Deactivates Note-Off until set to "Off"</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangePortamento</action>
        <after>ChangeHoldPedal</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>65 Portamento (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Slides between 2 notes. Can be adjusted with 5 - Portamento Time</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeSustenutoPedal</action>
        <after>ChangePortamento</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>66 Sostenuto Pedal (On/Off) (Middle Grand Piano Pedal)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Middle Grand Piano Pedal. All Notes currently active (without a note off) will not have a note-off until Sostenuto Off.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeSoftPedal</action>
        <after>ChangeSustenutoPedal</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>67 Soft Pedal (On/Off) (Left Piano Pedal)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Left Piano Pedal. Lowers the volume of any notes played.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeLegatoPedal</action>
        <after>ChangeSoftPedal</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>68 Legato Pedal (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Skips the attack portion of the VCA's envelope. For phrasing like wind or brass or guitar hammer-on.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeHold2Pedal</action>
        <after>ChangeLegatoPedal</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>69 Hold Pedal #2 (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Longer release time but notes will fade out eventually.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeBalance</action>
        <after>ChangeModwheel</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>8 Balance</_label>
        <_tooltip>Balance. Typically used for a stereo signal tweak without changing the pan itself. Like a CD player. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AccentSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>ToggleAccent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Accent (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds the &gt; accent</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleAccent</action>
        <after>ToggleMarcato</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Accent (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the current chord accented</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpAugmented4</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpPerfect4</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Augmented 4th above base </_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a tritone/augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownAugmented4</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownPerfect4</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Augmented 4th below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpDiminished5</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpAugmented4</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Diminished 5th above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpAugmented5</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpDiminished5</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Augmented 5th above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add an augmented fifth as a chord note above the lowest note at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownDiminished5</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownAugmented4</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Diminished 5th below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a tritone/diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddDotSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Add Dot</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds an Augmentation Dot to current note/chord/rest.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpMajor2</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpPerfect1</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Major 2nd above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a major second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownMajor2</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownPerfect1</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Major 2nd below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a major second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpMajor3</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpMinor2</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Major 3rd above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a major third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownMajor3</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownMinor2</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Major 3rd below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a major third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpMajor6</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpPerfect5</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Major 6th above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownMajor6</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownPerfect5</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Major 6th below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpMajor7</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpMinor6</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Major 7th above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownMajor7</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownMinor6</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Major 7th below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpMinor2</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpMajor2</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Minor 2nd above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownMinor2</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownMajor2</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Minor 2nd below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpMinor3</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpMajor3</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Minor 3rd above base </_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownMinor3</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownMajor3</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Minor 3rd below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpMinor6</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpMajor6</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Minor 6th above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownMinor6</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownMajor6</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Minor 6th below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpMinor7</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpMajor7</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Minor 7th above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownMinor7</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownMajor7</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Minor 7th below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BookmarkNonPrinting</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</menupath>
        <_label>Add Non-Printing Bookmark</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a custom Denemo bookmark without Lilypond output.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpPerfect1</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Perfect 1st above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownPerfect1</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Perfect 1st below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpPerfect4</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpMinor3</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Perfect 4th above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownPerfect4</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownMinor3</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Perfect 4th below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddLowestUpPerfect5</action>
        <after>AddLowestUpDiminished5</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</menupath>
        <_label>Add Perfect 5th above base</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddHighestDownPerfect5</action>
        <after>AddHighestDownDiminished5</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</menupath>
        <_label>Add Perfect 5th below top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarksStaff</action>
        <after>PianoStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Staff for Marks</_label>
        <_tooltip> This staff is purely for holding marks that should appear once at the top of the system - avoiding having to put the marks in each part. It must have a blank part name, so that it is typeset with every part. The marks should be spaced using either dummy notes or spacers.\nWARNING: Do not start/end staff-groupings on this staff. Do not place clef changes etc in this staff - they may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RehearsalMark</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>Add Rehearsal/Bookmark</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a default Rehearsal Mark</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NewVoice</action>
        <after>EditVoiceDirective</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Add Voice</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its own, for readability. It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed there using Join Voices command if desired.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DynamicsStaff</action>
        <after>MarksStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add a Separate Line for Dynamics</_label>
        <_tooltip>This line ("staff") is for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes, colored blue) and will align with each other.\nCreate this between the staffs for a piano work or on any staff where alignment of hairpins and dynamic marks is needed.
WARNING: Do not start/end staff-groupings on this staff. Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!
This Dynamics "staff" must have the same part name as the staff the dynamics should appear on.
        </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReBar</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Adjust the Measure Lengths</_label>
        <_tooltip>Removes gaps in duration of measures, redistributes the notes according to the time signature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Upbeat</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Anacrusis (Upbeat, Pickup)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Convert the current measure to a partial measure so that it is complete with just the beats already inserted.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AngryDelete</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Angry Delete</_label>
        <_tooltip>MIDI notes struck loudly delete the previous note before taking effect.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ApplyToSelection</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Apply Shortcut to Objects in Selection</_label>
        <_tooltip>Followed by a keyboard shortcut: applies the shortcut with the cursor successively on each object in the selection.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftRealDialogDown</action>
        <after>ShiftRealDialogUp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Arbitrary transpose down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones down. User can specify interval through a dialog.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftRealDialogUp</action>
        <after>ShiftRealHalfDown</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Arbitrary transpose up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones up. User can specify interval through a dialog.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Arpeggio (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the selected notes arpeggio</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BookArranger</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Arranger</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the arranger name on title page</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreTitles</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Set Titles</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set titles for whole score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreArranger</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Arranger</_label>
        <_tooltip>Name of the arranger, flush-right below the composer.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertTiedNoteDuration</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Attach Tied Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Attaches a tied note: you must give the duration after invoking this function.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleStemSupport</action>
        <after>StringNum</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings</menupath>
        <_label>Avoid Collisions with Stems</_label>
        <_tooltip>Fingerings and String numbers will be moved to avoid colliding with stems on typesetting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision</action>
        <after>ToggleBeginDownSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Avoid Slur Collision</_label>
        <_tooltip>Avoids slur colliding with accidental (Print)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BarNumbers</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering</menupath>
        <_label>Bar Numbers (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns bar numbering on/off in print out.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsBaroque</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsDefault</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Baroque</_label>
        <_tooltip>Baroque note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Bass Clef Note Name Speed Recognition</_label>
        <_tooltip>%tests your ability to read the notes of the bass clef staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Bb-Pentascale</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note</menupath>
        <_label>Bb Pentascale</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur</action>
        <after>RemoveSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Begin Phrasing Slur</_label>
        <_tooltip>Begin a phrasing slur on the current note. You can have normal slurs (partially) inside a phrasing slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleBeginDownSlur</action>
        <after>ToggleBeginUpSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Begin Slur Below (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts (or deletes) a slur below the chord at the cursor. If deleting be sure to delete the end slur as well.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleBeginUpSlur</action>
        <after>ToggleEndPhrasingSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Begin Slur Up (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts (or deletes) a slur above the chord at the cursor. Follow with End Slur on a later chord.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BreathMark</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Breath Mark</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a Breath Mark at the cursor position</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertBreve</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Breve</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a Breve</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetBreve</action>
        <after>Set7</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Breve</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets Prevailing Duration to Breve</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertBreveRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Breve Rest</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a rest with breve duration</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertLongaRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Longa Rest</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a rest with longa duration</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>C-Major</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note</menupath>
        <_label>C Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>C-Pentascale</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note</menupath>
        <_label>C Pentascale</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CautionaryAccidental</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Cautionary Accidental</_label>
        <_tooltip>Forces the accidental on the note to be printed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangePrintDuration2</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change Chordmember to Quarter </_label>
        <_tooltip>Change one chord member to appear like a quarter-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeEnharmonicUp</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Change Enharmonic +</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shift through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of higher diatonic base notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeEnharmonicDown</action>
        <after>ChangeEnharmonicUp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Change Enharmonic -</_label>
        <_tooltip>Switch through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of lower diatonic base notes</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangePrintDurationBreve</action>
        <after>ChangePrintDuration0</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change chord-member to breve</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change one chord member to appear like a breve duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangePrintDuration1</action>
        <after>ChangePrintDuration2</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change chord-member to half note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change one chord member to appear like a half-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangePrintDurationLonga</action>
        <after>ChangePrintDurationBreve</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change chord-member to longa</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change one chord member to appear like a longa duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangePrintDuration0</action>
        <after>ChangePrintDuration1</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change chord-member to whole note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change one chord member to appear like a whole-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Change to 'Select Duration' Number Keys in Composer Mode</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the number keys to select the prevailing duration in composer mode.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeChannel</action>
        <after>MidiTempo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Channel</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the Channel of a staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>IRC</action>
        <after>Shortcuts</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Chat to Other Users</_label>
        <_tooltip>Runs your browser on a page giving access to denemo's internet relay chat</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckBeamsInMeasure</action>
        <after>CheckTupletsInMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Check Beaming</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks the current measure for beaming errors.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleCheckChords</action>
        <after>AngryDelete</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Check Chords (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Advances through the current movement as you play the notes from all staffs that sound together, with the cursor moving on in the current staff. Playing a wrong note stops the cursor and the chord/notes have to be re-played correctly. If the current staff has a rest the cursor stops on the note before until you have played to the moment when it re-joins. You can reposition the cursor or edit the music (via the PC keyboard) while continuing with this mode - the checking resumes when you play the next note(s) in. You can arpeggiate the notes as convenient, no particular order is required as long as all the notes that start at the same moment are played before moving on.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckPitches</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Check Note Pitches</_label>
        <_tooltip>Compares note from MIDI with current note, if equal in pitch, advances to next note, else beeps.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckScore</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>Check Score</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks score for wrong measure durations, unterminated tuplets, slurs, wrong ties etc.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckScoreSkipping</action>
        <after>CheckScore</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>Check Score Skipping Some Errors</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks the score ignoring the first so many errors. Use this to skip errors that are ok to leave in.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RefreshDynamicDirectives</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>Refresh Dynamic Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Re-runs any directives that may have become stale.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckTupletsInMeasure</action>
        <after>SplitMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Check Tuplets</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks that start/end tuplets match in the current measure.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SearchPattern</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Search Rhythmic Pattern</_label>
        <_tooltip>With a selection, searches from the cursor for the next occurrence of the rhythmic patterm of the selection. With no selection, continues the previous search. When a match is found it offers to continue, stop or execute the script in the Scheme Window.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SearchMusic</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Search Note Sequence</_label>
        <_tooltip>With a selection, searches from the cursor for the next occurrence of the notes of the selection. With no selection, continues the previous search. When a match (ignoring rests and duration) is found it offers to continue, stop or execute the script in the Scheme Window.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckForIncompleteMeasures</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Check for Irregular Measures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks each Denemo measure in the current movement for complete number of beats. Unless you explicitly set otherwise, on typesetting the notes will be re-distributed to the correct measures, which can lead to strange effects.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChoirStaffStart</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</menupath>
        <_label>ChoirStaff Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a ChoirStaff, the group starts with a bracket, but bar lines are not connected. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GrandStaffStart</action>
        <after>ChoirStaffStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</menupath>
        <_label>GrandStaff Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a GrandStaff, the group begins with a brace, and bar lines are connected between the staves.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GroupStaffStart</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</menupath>
        <_label>GroupStaff Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In the GroupStaff context, the group is started with a bracket and bar lines are drawn through all the staves.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PianoStaffStart</action>
        <after>GroupStaffStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</menupath>
        <_label>PianoStaff Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. The PianoStaff is identical to a GrandStaff, except that it supports printing the instrument name directly.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BraceEnd</action>
        <after>PianoStaffStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</menupath>
        <_label>Brace End</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add or remove end of staff group marks, or move them to an adjacent staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteStaffGroupings</action>
        <after>PianoStaffName</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</menupath>
        <_label>Delete all staff contexts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Clear the staff from all groupings</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChooseBarline</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Choose Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose a barline </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChooseCondition</action>
        <after>ForAllLayouts</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Choose Condition</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gives a menu for choosing whether the directive at the cursor should apply to the current part only or the default score or all layouts,</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChooseTimeSignature</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Choose Typical Time Signature</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose from a set of typical time signatures</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChordStaff</action>
        <after>TabStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Chord Symbols (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets the music on this staff as chord symbols (off/on).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChordsForBar</action>
        <after>ChordsOverBass</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Chords for Bar</_label>
        <_tooltip>Plays the context of the current bar. Then listens for you to play each note in current bar with added chord(s). As you do this it notates the chords on a staff above. When the bar is finished it re-plays the bar. Allows you to repeat (pitch bend down) or go on to next bar (pitch bend up).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>ExecuteScheme</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Execute Scheme</_label>
        <_tooltip>Execute the scheme code from the scripting window</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote</menupath>
        <_label>Chromatic within Clef Range</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a random note within clef range. Full chromatic spectrum.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ClefChooser</action>
        <after>InsertClef</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Clef Chooser</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ClosingBarline</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Closing Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a closing barline (a double bar with last one thicker).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleCoda</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Coda (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MvntComment</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Comment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stores textual comments for this movement</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffComment</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Comment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Saves textual comments for this staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BookComposer</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Composer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a composer name on title page</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreComposer</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Composer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Name of the composer, flush-right below the subsubtitle.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Congruentia</action>
        <after>ToggleFermata</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Congruentia</_label>
        <_tooltip>Print congruentia / canon symbol</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection</action>
        <after>ReloadDrumHash</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Convert GM-Drum to User-Drum</_label>
        <_tooltip>Converts between the midi-drum notation and a user-drum notation. The user can set his/her drummap in a template in ~/.denemo/templates or choose any other copy he made of the template file to have drummaps for different drummers avaible.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BookCopyright</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Copyright</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a copyright notice on title page</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreCopyright</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Copyright</_label>
        <_tooltip>Copyright notice, centered at the bottom of the first page. To insert the copyright symbol, see Lilypond Text encoding.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChordsOverBass</action>
        <after>CheckPitches</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Create Chords Over Bass Line</_label>
        <_tooltip>Place the cursor on a bass note and invoke this command. It creates a treble staff above and for each note in the bass staff, as you play it, it switches to the treble staff and allows you to enter a chord. Use the Pitch Bend wheel to stop/start the process. Hold a chord while moving to the next bass note to extend the chord over more than one bass note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DottedRhythm</action>
        <after>RemoveDot</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Create Dotted Rhythm</_label>
        <_tooltip>In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateIntro</action>
        <after>MovementPageBreak</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Create Intro</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a new staff with a bar for nothing (an intro of the right number of beats)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateOssiaStaff</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia</menupath>
        <_label>Create Ossia Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a small staff above the current staff for inserting cues, ossia passages etc. Use Show Ossia and Hide Ossia to show specific measures.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateParts</action>
        <after>CreateIntro</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Create Parts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Create a number of parts from the current staff which should have chords with that number of notes per chord.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreatePartsFromTop</action>
        <after>CreateParts</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Create Parts (Treble First)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a set of parts extracting the highest part first.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateTripletSlurred</action>
        <after>CreateTriplet</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Create Slurred Triplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>If a MIDI controller is active duplicates the current note twice making a triplet and slurring all three notes, otherwise same as Toggle Tripleting command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DottedRhythmSlurred</action>
        <after>DottedRhythm</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Create Slurred, Dotted Rhythm</_label>
        <_tooltip>In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm. Slurs the two notes together.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateTriplet</action>
        <after>ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Create Triplet</_label>
        <_tooltip>If a MIDI controller is active takes the current note and appends two more making all three a triplet, otherwise same as Toggle Tripleting command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CriticalComment</action>
        <after>FreeFermata</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Critical Comment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a comment which can be printed in a critical commentary at the end of all the movements (see CriticalCommentary command to create this).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsCross</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsDiamond</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Cross</_label>
        <_tooltip>Cross note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MuteStaff</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Mute</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mutes the current staff. Affects only playback.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteFromCursorToEnd</action>
        <after>StaffDeleteEmptyMeasures</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Measures From Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes all measures from the cursor to the end, either in one or all staffs.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor</action>
        <after>DeleteFromCursorToEnd</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Measures Before Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes all the measures before the measure containing the cursor, either current staff or all staffs as chosen by user.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CrossStaffArpeggio</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Cross Staff Arpeggio</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) Allow arpeggio sign to extend across staffs. Piano staffs obey this by default, other staff groups need the Span_arpeggio_engraver including in the Score context for it to work.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeStaff</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Change Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) the current voice moves to the staff you name.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleCursorHighlight</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Cursor Highlighting (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shows up the position of the cursor more clearly (off/on)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CursorToHighestNote</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Cursor to Highest Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the highest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CursorToLowestNote</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Cursor to Lowest Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the lowest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Custos</action>
        <after>MovementPageBreak</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Custos (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a custos at the end of each line for the current movement. Repeat command to turn custos off.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DCAlFine</action>
        <after>Glissando</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>D. C. al fine</_label>
        <_tooltip>Puts Da Capo al fine over the chord at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DalSegno</action>
        <after>D.C.AlFine</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Dal Segno</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints Dal Segno below the chord at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BookDate</action>
        <after>BookPoet</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Date</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a date on the title page.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Db-Pentascale</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note</menupath>
        <_label>Db Pentascale</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreDedication</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Dedication</_label>
        <_tooltip>The dedicatee of the music, centered at the top of the first page.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsDefault</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Default</_label>
        <_tooltip>Default note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteBeamingDirective</action>
        <after>EndBeam</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Beaming Directive</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes a ] or [ (end or start beam) directive on the current chord.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertNoteDirective</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Attach/Edit LilyPond to Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts LilyPond syntax you give before and after the note at the cursor height, also allows editing/deleting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChordComment</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>Comment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Attach a textual comment to the chord at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteEmptyMeasures</action>
        <after>DeleteMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Empty Measures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes all empty measures from the cursor until the next music.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsDelete</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsSlash</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Movement Notehead Settings</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete note head style of this movement. Reset to whatever Score or Lilypond has set as default.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Selected Objects</_label>
        <_tooltip>Delete all selected objects and leave empty measures behind</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StagedDelete</action>
        <after>DeletePreviousObject</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete</menupath>
        <_label>Delete in Stages</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes the object at/before the cursor. For Notes/Chords/Rests it deletes stage by stage.
First it removes notes until just a non-printing rest remains, then deletes that.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>IntelligentDelete</action>
        <after>StagedDelete</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Selection/Object/Empty Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes a single object at the cursor, an empty measure or the complete selection.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RemoveSchemeInit</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete</menupath>
        <_label>Destroy Button Customization</_label>
        <_tooltip>Removes the file that creates customized buttons on the title bar (and any other scheme you have added to the startup script).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsDiamond</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Diamond</_label>
        <_tooltip>Diamond note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DiatonicInterval</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Diatonic Interval Detection</_label>
        <_tooltip>%tests your ability to find the diatonic interval name between two notes</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote</menupath>
        <_label>Diatonic within Clef Range</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a random note within clef range, only diatonic notes according to current keysignature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DiminishedOrAugmented</action>
        <after>MajorOrMinor</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison</menupath>
        <_label>DiminishedAugmented</_label>
        <_tooltip>Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Augmented</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DiminishedOrMinor</action>
        <after>DiminishedOrAugmented</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison</menupath>
        <_label>DiminishedMinor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Minor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DisplaceRestHorizontally</action>
        <after>MoveRest</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Displace Rest Horizontally</_label>
        <_tooltip>Asks for a horizontal shift and moves the rest at the cursor by that much when printing.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveRest</action>
        <after>InsertLongaRest</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Displace Rest Vertically</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns the rest at the cursor into a polyphonic rest at the cursor height.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetDisplayClef</action>
        <after>HideClef</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Display Only Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a clef that affects only the display, not the printed form. Use this if, after a Change Staff, the staff the voice will be on is in a different clef (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to read). Also useful to display in a familiar clef music which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. display in treble or bass clef music to be printed for viola).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DotDoubleDotNoDot</action>
        <after>Change7</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Dot</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a dot to the note/rest/chord at the cursor, or removes them if double dotted.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Dottify</action>
        <after>RemoveDot</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Dottify</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns the note on or before the cursor into a dotted rhythm with the same total duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DoubleBarline</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Double Bar</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a double barline at cursor position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTieDown</action>
        <after>ToggleTie</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Down Tie (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ties to the following note/chord with tie downwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DownbowSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>UpBowSelectionSwitcher</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>DownBow (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark selection or current object</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleDownBow</action>
        <after>ToggleUpBow</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>DownBow (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark chord with a Down Bow</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DuplicateChord</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Duplicate Note/Chord</_label>
        <_tooltip>Duplicate a note or chord. Not for rests.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DynamicText</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>Dynamics</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose dynamics and midi volume level.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Eb-Pentascale</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note</menupath>
        <_label>Eb Pentascale</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EditSimilar</action>
        <after>EditObject</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Edit Here (and ...)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Seek and edit Denemo Directives starting with the one at the cursor and optionally similar ones following. Position the cursor on a particular notehead to edit directives attached to individual noteheads (such as fingering), otherwise you will edit directives attached at the chord level (such as beaming).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EnableAccordion16v</action>
        <after>InsertDefinedLilyPond</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Enable Accordion 16'</_label>
        <_tooltip>Defines the accordions shifts for this score. The command Menu of Objects to Insert will allow them to be inserted.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EndBeam</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>End Beam</_label>
        <_tooltip>Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print effect only.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleEndPhrasingSlur</action>
        <after>ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>End Phrasing Slur</_label>
        <_tooltip>End a phrasing slur on the current note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EvenOutStaffLengths</action>
        <after>ReBar</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Even Up the Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Appends empty measures to any staffs that are too short.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OnlyForLayout</action>
        <after>NotForLayout</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Allow for Current Layout</_label>
        <_tooltip>The Denemo Directive at the cursor will apply for the current Score Layout (see View-&gt;Score Layout). The current layout will be entered in the list of allowed layouts for this directive, layouts not on that list will ignore it.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ExportAudio</action>
        <after>ExportMIDI</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export Currrent Audio Recording</_label>
        <_tooltip>Exports recorded audio output.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>F-Major</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note</menupath>
        <_label>F Major</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>F-Pentascale</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note</menupath>
        <_label>F Pentascale</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FermataSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>ToggleAccent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Fermata (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a fermata</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleFermata</action>
        <after>ToggleStaccato</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Fermata (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the chord with a fermata</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Ficta</action>
        <after>SuggestNatural</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Ficta Accidental</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the accidental above rather than before the note.
        In European music from before about 1600, singers were expected to
chromatically alter notes at their own initiative according to certain
rules. This is called musica ficta. In modern transcriptions, these
accidentals are usually printed over the note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FiguredBassFilterOn</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Figured Bass Filter On</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FindEditPoint</action>
        <after>NextHigher</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Find Edit Point</_label>
        <_tooltip>Searches backward for the start of non-printing notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FindNextSimilar</action>
        <after>NextHigher</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Find Next Similar</_label>
        <_tooltip>Finds the next object similar to the one at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleFine</action>
        <after>DCAlFine</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Fine (end). (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the musical instruction "fine", in italics.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Fingering</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Set Finger</_label>
        <_tooltip>Attaches a fingering to the note at the cursor. Blank deletes the fingering.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Finger0</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Finger 0</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts fingering for open string</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Finger1</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Finger 1</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts fingering for finger 1</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Finger2</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Finger 2</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts fingering for finger 2</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Finger3</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Finger 3</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts fingering for finger 3</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Finger4</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Finger 4</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts fingering for finger 4</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Finger5</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Finger 5</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts fingering for finger 5</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FingeringPosition</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings</menupath>
        <_label>Fingering Position</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to specify the position of the fingering relative to the note at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FingeringsDoublestroke</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>Fingerings</_label>
        <_tooltip>Place a fingering instruction on a note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FirstTimeBar</action>
        <after>CloseRepeat</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</menupath>
        <_label>First Time Bar</_label>
        <_tooltip>Closes a repeated section and starts a first time bar (printing)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FixSlursInStaff</action>
        <after>SimplifyTies</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Fix Slurs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Removes incorrectly placed slur start/end markers on current voice/staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckTiesInStaff</action>
        <after>FixSlursInStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Check Ties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks for wrongly tied notes in the current voice/staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FlattenNote</action>
        <after>Flatten</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Flatten or Append Flattened</_label>
        <_tooltip>Flatten note at cursor, or if appending flatten next note entered.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DenemoLink</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Follow Link to Source</_label>
        <_tooltip>Follows the link at or before the cursor to a source document.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FootPedalConductor</action>
        <after>AngryDelete</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Foot Pedal Conductor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Press the foot pedal at the start of each measure. The bar number is displayed and the beats are interpolated following the timesignature set. Two quick presses of the foot pedal stops the conductor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Footnote</action>
        <after>D.C.AlFine</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Footnote</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a footnote at the bottom of the current page. The mark is placed above the note at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoteColumnShift</action>
        <after>ShiftOn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Change Note Shift</_label>
        <_tooltip>On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other voices by the amount you give. Use this to alter which voice is shifted leftwards/rightwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeGeneric</action>
        <after>ChangeChannel</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Generic Control Change</_label>
        <_tooltip>Generic 0xB Control Change - User can give the midi bytes, too. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Glissando</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Glissando</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a glissando (portamento, slide), a line joining the notehead of this and the next note. You may need to displace the following note horizontally to make the gliss marking visible enough.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GoToEmptyMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Go To Next Empty Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Move cursor to the next point in the current staff where the music ends.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GraceAfter</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Grace After (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>The grace note(s) at the cursor will be typeset close to the previous note, rather than attaching to the music that follows. It will be spaced from the note at the fraction of the duration given. (OFF/ON)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GraceNoteSwitcher</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Grace Note (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transforms the current selected notes into grace notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MakeGrace</action>
        <after>ToggleGrace</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Grace/UnGrace</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note at the cursor to/from being a grace note. Gives audio feedback.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HalfBarline</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Half Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a barline with only half of its original size</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftRealHalfDown</action>
        <after>ShiftRealHalfUp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Half tone down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone down</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftRealHalfUp</action>
        <after>ShiftRealWholeDown</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Half tone up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone up</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FiguredBassExercises</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Handel's Figured Bass Exercises</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to play in chords - a continuo realization - to Handel's continuo-practice exercises. Your continuo realization can optionally be marked to show consecutives.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsPetrucci</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Harmonic</_label>
        <_tooltip>Harmonic note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HarmonicSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>DownbowSelectionSwitcher</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Harmonic (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a harmonic</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleHarmonic</action>
        <after>ToggleDownBow</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Harmonic (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark chord with a harmonic</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Harmonic-black</_label>
        <_tooltip>Harmonic-black note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Harmonic-mixed</_label>
        <_tooltip>Harmonic-mixed note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Chapter</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Heading</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a heading in upper case for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AdjustBassFigureHeight</action>
        <after>EditFiguredBass</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Height of Bass Figure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the height of the bass figure above the note. The unit is the distance between adjacent lines in the staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AdjustFiguredBassHeights</action>
        <after>AdjustBassFigureHeight</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Heights of Groups</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows several groups of figures to be individually adjusted for height.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HelpAllFeatures</action>
        <after>IRC</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Browse Feature-Packed Score</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a score with examples of many things you can create with Denemo with Explanations attached. Click on the explanations in the Print View window. Or copy and paste useful objects to your score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HelpForReturnKey</action>
        <after>About</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Help for Return Keypress</_label>
        <_tooltip>Does nothing except explain what the Return key is used for in Denemo, and how to make it an ordinary shortcut if you prefer.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideAccidental</action>
        <after>Ficta</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Hide Accidental</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides the accidental on the note at the cursor on printing. Does not affect the pitch.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideEmptyStaffs</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Controls whether staffs containing only rests are printed in the current movement. All staffs are printed on the first system (line) thereafter any staff that has only rests for a entire system is dropped. Use this in large scores to fit more systems per page.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideOssia</action>
        <after>ShowOssia</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia</menupath>
        <_label>Hide Ossia</_label>
        <_tooltip>Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LineNumber</action>
        <after>LineOrSpace</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Identify Line Number</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify the line number in which the note is displayed</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SpaceNumber</action>
        <after>LineNumber</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Identify Space Number</_label>
        <_tooltip>Identify the space number in which the note is display on</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotForLayout</action>
        <after>PageBreak</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Ignore for Current Layout</_label>
        <_tooltip>The Denemo Directive at the cursor will be ignored when printing from the current score layout (See View-&gt;Score Layout)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Import-Lilypond</action>
        <after>Import-Midi</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</menupath>
        <_label>Import Lilypond (Limited)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Try to Import a Lilypond File</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Import-Midi</action>
        <after>ImportMusicXml</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</menupath>
        <_label>Import Midi (Limited)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Try to Imports a Midi File</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Import-MusicXml</action>
        <after>Import-Lilypond</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</menupath>
        <_label>Import MusicXml</_label>
        <_tooltip>Import a MusicXml file</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>IncipitFromSelection</action>
        <after>BookCopyright</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Incipit from Selection</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates an incipit from the selection. This music will be printed on the title page. Only one voice is supported.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Indent</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Indent</_label>
        <_tooltip>Alter the indent of the opening system for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreIndent</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Indent</_label>
        <_tooltip>Indent the first system of every movement by the given amount.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleNoteDownTie</action>
        <after>ToggleNoteTie</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Individual Note Down-Tie (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ties the individual note at the cursor the tie going down; repeat to remove.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleNoteTie</action>
        <after>InsertTiedNoteDuration</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Individual Note Tie (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ties the note at the cursor leaving other notes in the current chord unchanged.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleNoteUpTie</action>
        <after>ToggleNoteTie</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Individual Note Up-Tie (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ties the individual note in a chord the tie being above; repeat command to remove.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InitialVoiceOne</action>
        <after>JoinVoices</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Initial Voice One</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice one (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InitialVoiceTwo</action>
        <after>InitialVoiceOne</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Initial Voice Two</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice two (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InitialVoiceThree</action>
        <after>InitialVoiceTwo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Initial Voice Three</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice three (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InitialVoiceFour</action>
        <after>InitialVoiceThree</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Initial Voice Four</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice four (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InitialVoiceAuto</action>
        <after>InitialVoiceFour</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Initial Automatic Voice</_label>
        <_tooltip>Undoes the effect of the VoiceOne, Two ... commands. The voice has variable stem direction, slur placement etc.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InitialVoice</action>
        <after>InitialVoiceAuto</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Choose Initial Voice</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to. To change voice during music see the Directives-&gt;Voices menu.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ForceBarline</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert barline at cursor, Denemo's measure count is unaffected.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddDuplicateMeasure</action>
        <after>AddMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Duplicate Measure After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a copy of the current measure after the present measure.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertStandaloneDirective</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Lilypond</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert or edit a directive in the LilyPond music typesetting language. This can be used for extra spacing, transposing or almost anything. See LilyPond documentation for ideas.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertOneNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a note in the prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EnterRest</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Rest</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a rest in the prevailing duration</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm</action>
        <after>NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Reversed String as Binary Rhythm</_label>
        <_tooltip>Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm</action>
        <after>NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Reversed String as Reversed Binary Rhythm</_label>
        <_tooltip>Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Shuffled Pool</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts all notes, shuffled, from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString</menupath>
        <_label>Insert String as Binary Rhythm</_label>
        <_tooltip>Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm</action>
        <after>NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString</menupath>
        <_label>Insert String as Reversed Binary Rhythm</_label>
        <_tooltip>Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed</action>
        <after>ToggleGrace</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Two</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts two grace notes at the cursor beaming them together. Follow with a duration key.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertWholeMeasureRest</action>
        <after>WholeMeasureRest</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Whole Measure Rest</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts/Appends a rest measure; if the current measure is empty, it simply places the whole measure rest in it.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InstallGraceNoteHints</action>
        <after>UnGraceAfter</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Install Grace Note Hints</_label>
        <_tooltip>Where a grace note occurs at a boundary the LilyPond typesetter requires extra hints about positioning to avoid doubled clefs, time signatures etc. These hints appear as non-printing grace rests. This command (un)installs them for the whole movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreInstrument</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Instrument</_label>
        <_tooltip>Name of the instrument, centered below the subsubtitle. Also centered at the top of pages (other than the first page).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InstrumentName</action>
        <after>SmallerStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Instrument Name</_label>
        <_tooltip>Print Instrument name before staff at start of score,</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BookInstrumentation</action>
        <after>BookComposer</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Instrumentation</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the instrumentation on the title page. This can be edited for layouts that print just one part or section.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>JoinChords</action>
        <after>SplitChord</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Join music objects</_label>
        <_tooltip>Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts a new, longer note instead. May create tied notes. Uses the cursor position as pitch.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>JoinChordsToMergedChord</action>
        <after>JoinChords</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Join music objects to new chord</_label>
        <_tooltip>Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts all selected notes as chord. May create tied notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarkupAtEnd</action>
        <after>InsertSpaceBeforeMovement</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Text after Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts the given Lilypond syntax after the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LilyPondDefinition</action>
        <after>LilyPondInclude</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>LilyPond Definition</_label>
        <_tooltip>Create a definition at the head of the LilyPond output. This can then be referenced in the music. See LilyPond documentation.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LilyPondInclude</action>
        <after>ScoreBlockProlog</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>LilyPond Include File</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows specification of a LilyPond include file from the Denemo provided include files.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreBlockProlog</action>
        <after>ScoreProlog</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>LilyPond Score Block Prolog</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts LilyPond at the start of every score block (movement).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreProlog</action>
        <after>EditScoreDirective</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>LilyPond Score Prolog</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts LilyPond syntax for include files etc at head of score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LimitInterSystemSpace</action>
        <after>ScoreIndent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Limit Space Between Systems</_label>
        <_tooltip>Limits the extent to which the lines are spaced apart to fill the page.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LineBreak</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Line Break</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) Start a new line (i.e. system) at this measure. This will be ignored if it breaks a beam or tuplet. Use Allow Line Break to break mid-measure.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LineOrSpace</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Line and Space Recognition</_label>
        <_tooltip>%tests your ability to recognize the difference between line and space</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeBreve</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Breve</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change current note duration to Breve</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeLonga</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Longa</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change current note duration to Longa</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertLonga</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Longa</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a Longa</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetLonga</action>
        <after>SetBreve</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Longa</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets Longa as the prevailing duration, installing it as a musical snippet.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MidiFilterOff</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>MIDI Filter Off</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turn off any MIDI filter script currently active.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Major7Minor7OrDominant7</action>
        <after>MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison</menupath>
        <_label>Major7Minor7Dominant7</_label>
        <_tooltip>Determine which seventh chord is sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MajorOrAugmented</action>
        <after>DiminishedOrMinor</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison</menupath>
        <_label>MajorAugmented</_label>
        <_tooltip>Determine if chord sounded is Major or Augmented</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MajorOrMinor</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison</menupath>
        <_label>MajorMinor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Determine if the chord played is major or minor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Interval-Identification</action>
        <after>MajorOrAugmented</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals</menupath>
        <_label>Interval-Identification</_label>
        <_tooltip>Determine what interval has been sounded</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarcatoSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>ToggleFermata</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Marcato (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the selected notes marcato</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleMarcato</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Marcato (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarkingInsideSlur</action>
        <after>MarkingInsideSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Marking Inside Slur</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) Next marking will be placed inside the slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsMensural</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsNeomensural</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Mensural</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mensural note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertDefinedLilyPond</action>
        <after>InsertStandaloneDirective</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Menu of Objects to Insert</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gives a menu of previously created LilyPondDefinition commands (see Score-&gt;LilyPond Definition  menu for this)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MergeRests</action>
        <after>CreateParts</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Merge Rests</_label>
        <_tooltip>Merges rests where two voices have a common rest. Applies to the whole movement. For multi-measure rests you need to additionally suppress one of the multi-measure rest counts.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MergeWithNextMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Merge with Next Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Joins two measures together.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreMeter</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Meter</_label>
        <_tooltip>Meter string, flush-left below the poet.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MinimumFret</action>
        <after>DynamicText</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature</menupath>
        <_label>Minimum Fret Number Allowed</_label>
        <_tooltip>In a Tab staff, restrict the frets available to larger than the given value.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects</action>
        <after>NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick</menupath>
        <_label>Mirror Selected Objects (Axis=Cursor)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mirror the selected notes. Axis is the cursor position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleMordent</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Mordent (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds/Removes a Mordent to the note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MouseDefault</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse</menupath>
        <_label>Mouse Default Action</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mouse left click positions the cursor, right click edits, left-click with caps-lock does nothing..</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MouseInsertion</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse</menupath>
        <_label>Mouse Note Insertion</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the mouse use when CapsLock is on: left click inserts note in the prevailing duration. The shortcuts for number keys 0, 1, 2 ... are set to change the prevailing duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveToMovementBeginning</action>
        <after>MoveToBeginning</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move To Movement Beginning</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the beginning of the movement without altering the selection</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveToMovementEnd</action>
        <after>MoveToMovementBeginning</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move To Movement End</_label>
        <_tooltip>Move the cursor to last measure, last staff without altering the selection.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure</action>
        <after>GoToEmptyMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Move To Previous Empty Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Move the cursor left until it finds an empty measure or the staffs beginning</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MultiMeasureRests</action>
        <after>InsertWholeMeasureRest</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Multi-Measure Rests</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor, or inserts the number of rests you specify after the cursor, making them a multi-measure rest. Multi-measure rests will be typeset as individual whole measure rests if any other part being typeset has music during them. Note: Whole measure rests to be converted must be unbroken by any other objects such as links to source, rehearsal marks etc. else they will be split into separate groups of multi-measure rests. If the cursor is on a multi-measure rest this command allows you to edit it.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffMultiMeasureRests</action>
        <after>CreateCuesForStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Multi-Measure Rests</_label>
        <_tooltip>Groups of whole measure rests of two or more are changed to multi-measure rests for the whole staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NeoMensuralNotehead</action>
        <after>ChangeNotehead</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl</menupath>
        <_label>Neo-mensural</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints note with neomensural style notehead.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsNeomensural</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsBaroque</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Neomensural</_label>
        <_tooltip>Neomensural note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NewStaffAfter</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Named Staff Below Current</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a new staff with the given name, inserted below the current staff. Use the staff to voice command if you want to make this staff a voice on the previous staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NewStaffBefore</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Named Staff Above Current</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a new staff with the given name, inserted above the current staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NextBookmark</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</menupath>
        <_label>Next Bookmark</_label>
        <_tooltip>Seach forward for bookmarks in the current staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NextHigher</action>
        <after>FindNextLowerNote</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Next Higher</_label>
        <_tooltip>Move cursor to next note higher than cursor posiiton</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FindNextLowerNote</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Next Lower</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor to next note that is lower than the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoBeam</action>
        <after>Beam1234</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>No Beam</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) Removes beam from current note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamLeftNone</action>
        <after>BeamRightNone</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>No Beam Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the left.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamRightNone</action>
        <after>NoBeam</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>No Beam Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the right.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftOff</action>
        <after>VoicesDoublestroke</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>No Horizontal Shifts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns off horizontal displacement of notes (which avoid collisions between parts)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoLineBreak</action>
        <after>LineBreak</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>No Line Break</_label>
        <_tooltip>Disallow a line break at this measure.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReadingNoteNames</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Note Name Recognition</_label>
        <_tooltip>%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoteNameSpeedTest</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Note Name Speed Recognition</_label>
        <_tooltip>%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoteNamesDefault</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard</menupath>
        <_label>Note Names Default Action</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they edit the note at the cursor, or append a note when in the appending position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoteNamesMove</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard</menupath>
        <_label>Note Names Move Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they move the cursor to the nearest note of that name.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote</menupath>
        <_label>Note from Pool</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts one note from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftRealOctaveDown</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Octave Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shifts current notes/selection down one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>JumpUpOctave</action>
        <after>MoveCursorRight</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Octave Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor up one octave.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>JumpDownOctave</action>
        <after>JumpUpOctave</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Octave Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves cursor down an octave.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftRealOctaveUp</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Octave Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shifts current notes/selection up one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamLeftOne</action>
        <after>BeamRightOne</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>One Beam Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints with just one beam linking to left.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamRightOne</action>
        <after>NoBeam</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>One Beam Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints with just one beam linking to the right.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpEight</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpEight</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpFive</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpFive</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpFour</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpFour</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpNine</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpNine</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpOne</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpOne</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpSeven</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpSeven</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpSix</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpSix</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpThree</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpThree</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpTwo</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpTwo</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpZero</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>OpZero</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenMyDefaultTemplate</action>
        <after>OpenMyTemplate</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open Default Template</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens the template Default.denemo in the user's custom template folder.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenRepeat</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</menupath>
        <_label>Open Repeat Section</_label>
        <_tooltip>Marks the point where a repeat will start. A correspond close, or first and second time bars are needed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenAudio</action>
        <after>OpenSourceDialog</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open Source Audio</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens an audio file which will be played along with the notated music. The music is attached starting at the start time of the note at cursor. It is displayed above the top staff, provided there is notated music to provide timings to attach to. In an empty score a click track is created to attach the audio to.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenSourceDialog</action>
        <after>OpenNewWindow</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open Source for Transcribing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a dialog to fetch a source facsimile or manuscript. Links can be placed in the Denemo score to this source file so that the source passage for a given bar can be re-displayed when reviewing the score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PageBreak</action>
        <after>LineBreak</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Page Break</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) Forces a new page at this barline.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementPageBreak</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Page Break Before</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints this movement starting on a new page</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ParenthesizeChord</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Parenthesize Chord (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Enclose the chord in ( ) on printing.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ParenthesizeNote</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>Parenthesize Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Enclose the note at the cursor in ( ) when printed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PartCombine</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining</menupath>
        <_label>Part Combine Two Voices</_label>
        <_tooltip>The two voices will be printed only once when they are the same, otherwise they will be printed as parts. (Off/On)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PasteReplaceSelection</action>
        <after>Paste</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Paste and Replace Selection</_label>
        <_tooltip>Paste the clipboard. Replace any selected objects. This paste-version also creates new barlines instead of strictly using the copied ones.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Performance</action>
        <after>Play</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Performance (Start/Stop)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Plays the current movement, observing repeats, Da Capo, fine and Dal Segno. If playing stops the performance</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsPetrucci</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsMensural</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Petrucci</_label>
        <_tooltip>Petrucci note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Piece</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Piece</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a piece name for the Movement</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PlayAll</action>
        <after>Play</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Play All</_label>
        <_tooltip>Plays the current movement from the start, observing any mute objects placed in the staffs.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DenemoPlayCursorToEnd</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Play from Cursor to End</_label>
        <_tooltip>Playback all staffs from the current cursor position to the end of the movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PlayAtCursor</action>
        <after>DenemoPlayCursorToEnd</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Play Chord at Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sounds the note or chord at the cursor, using the current staffs instrument.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PlayAllAtCursor</action>
        <after>PlayAtCursor</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Play Music at Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Plays the score for the duration of the note/chord at the cursor, starting at that note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RecreateTimebase</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Create Timebase</_label>
        <_tooltip>Recalculates the timing of each note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConvertMidiForBass</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Convert MIDI Chords Over Bass</_label>
        <_tooltip>Takes a MIDI recording over a bass line and inserts the chords by matching the bass notes. Each chord must include the bass note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScorePoet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Poet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Name of the poet, flush-left below the subsubtitle.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BookPoet</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Poet/Lyricist</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the poet or lyricist name on title page</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TransposeOnPrint</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Transpose on Print (Graphical Interface)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gets an interval from the user: the entire score is transposed by this interval on typesetting - key signatures are transposed as well as notes and chord symbols.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TransposeScorePrint</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Transpose on Print (Text Input)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets the score transposed by the interval you give - key signatures are transposed as well as notes and chord symbols.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PointAndClick</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Point and Click (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>When on, clicking on a note in the Print Preview window takes the cursor to that note. This works also for Rehearsal Marks and many other objects in the score. The only reason to turn it off is for export to PDF file via the Export menu or the PDF button in the Print View. However, using print to file is a better way of doing this (if your operating system supports it) as then it is not needed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PortatoSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>TogglePortato</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Portato (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TogglePortato</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Portato (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the chord Portato</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TogglePrall</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Prall (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds/Removes a prall to the note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TogglePrallPrall</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>PrallPrall (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds/Removes a PrallPrall to the note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrevBookmark</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</menupath>
        <_label>Prev Bookmark</_label>
        <_tooltip>Seach backward for bookmarks in the current staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrintAccompanistsScore</action>
        <after>PrintSelection</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Accompanist's Score</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints out the score with the topmost staff in tiny size and puts page breaks before each movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrintBassPartWithoutFigures</action>
        <after>PrintAccompanistsScore</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Bass Part Omitting Figures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the Bass part omitting any figured bass figures.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrintPartWithTitlePage</action>
        <after>PrintPart</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Part with Title Page</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints part with part name on title page</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrintScoreAndParts</action>
        <after>Print</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Score and Parts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates score layouts for the current layout (full score) and parts (named after instrument name). Set instrument names before use.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrintThreeReduced</action>
        <after>PrintTwoReduced</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Three Parts as Cue for Accompanist</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints top three parts on one staff as cues.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrintTwoReduced</action>
        <after>PrintAccompanistsScore</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Print Two Parts as Cue for Accompanist</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the top two staffs on a single staff as cue.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrintAllLayouts</action>
        <after>Print</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Prints All Layouts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the score using all the defined score layouts.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeProgram</action>
        <after>ChangeChannel</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Program</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the Program of the current channel/staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>SaveParts</action>
        <after>ExportMUDELA</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export LilyPond Parts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Save Parts: each staff becomes a file in lilypond format</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>QuickLilyPondExport</action>
        <after>SaveParts</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Quick LilyPond Export</_label>
        <_tooltip>Exports as LilyPond to a file named the same as the .denemo file but with .ly suffix.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>QuickLilyPondPart</action>
        <after>QuickLilyPondExport</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Quick LilyPond Part</_label>
        <_tooltip>Writes a file containing the music of the current staff in LilyPond format. The filename is the current file name with \"-denemo\" and the movement and staff numbers appended (and the .ly suffix).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RaggedBottom</action>
        <after>LimitInterSystemSpace</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Ragged Bottom</_label>
        <_tooltip>This turns ragged bottom off/on. If set, systems will not spread vertically down the page. This does not
affect the last page. This should be set for pieces that have only two
or three systems per page, for example orchestral scores.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PlayAndRecordMidiIn</action>
        <after>MouseOrMidiDrivenPlayback</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Playback and Record MIDI (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts (or stops) playing the score from the playhead start (green marker bar) and simultaneously records your playing from MIDI in.
        You can stop the playback at any time and then the first MIDI note you entered is marked. 
        Entering duration keys now enters the notes you played into the score. 
        If you have no click track at the top one is created - set the keysignature/enharmonic range before you start.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReduceSystemSpacing</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Reduce Space Between Systems (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Reduces the gap between the systems of staffs on a page for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementComposer</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Composer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a composer name for current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementPiece</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Piece</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the name given above and to the left at the start of the movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReloadDrumHash</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Reload the "Drum GM to User" map</_label>
        <_tooltip>Reloads the drum map which is needed for DrumGm2User</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReminderAccidental</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Reminder Accidental</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shows the accidental in the print out inside (). Display shows accidental but plain.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Remove Dot</_label>
        <_tooltip>Remove one dot for each note in the selection or single note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RepeatEnd</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Repeat End Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a barline indicating the end of a repeated section.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RepeatEndStart</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Repeat End-Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a barline ending one repeated section and starting another</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RepeatStart</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Repeat Start Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a barline indicating the start of a repeated section.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars</action>
        <after>RepeatEndStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AlternativeBars</menupath>
        <_label>Insert 1st &amp; 2nd Time Bars</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts first and second time bars each with a whole measure rest. You can then edit this to suit your music, e.g by inserting extra bars, deleting the repeat start etc.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EndSecondTimeBar</action>
        <after>SecondTimeBar</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</menupath>
        <_label>Close Second Time Bar</_label>
        <_tooltip>Closes the second time bar peviously opened (printing)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReplaceChord</action>
        <after>Tremolo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>Replace LilyPond</_label>
        <_tooltip>Suppresses the normal LilyPond typetting for the current note/chord/rest replacing it with syntax provided by user.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Reset Keys in Composer Mode</_label>
        <_tooltip>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ForAllLayouts</action>
        <after>OnlyForLayout</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Reset for All Layouts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Clears conditional behaviour of this layout. The Directive will apply to all score layouts.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RestrainOpenStrings</action>
        <after>MinimumFret</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature</menupath>
        <_label>Restrain Open Strings</_label>
        <_tooltip>Restrains the use of open strings in Tablature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick</menupath>
        <_label>Reverse Selected Objects</_label>
        <_tooltip>Revert selected objects</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleReverseTurn</action>
        <after>ToggleTurn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Reverse Turn (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add/Removes a Reverse Turn to the note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RHFinger</action>
        <after>LHFinger</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings</menupath>
        <_label>Right Hand Fingering</_label>
        <_tooltip>Asks for a finger number and typesets p,m,i as appropriate. Use cancel to delete.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CustomTitles</action>
        <after>SimpleChapter</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Custom Titles</_label>
        <_tooltip>Create titles using LilyPond markup. Each line can have some text at the left, center and right, and each of these can use the column markup to make a block of text.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreVersion</action>
        <after>CustomTitles</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Score Version</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a tiny text in top left corner of the first page and optionally on subsequent pages. The score layout name can also be optionally included. If only on first page it comes below the title.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SearchBookmark</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</menupath>
        <_label>Search Bookmark</_label>
        <_tooltip>Searches for a named Bookmark in the current staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SecondTimeBar</action>
        <after>FirstTimeBar</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</menupath>
        <_label>Second Time Bar</_label>
        <_tooltip>Closes first time bars and starts second time bar(s) (printing)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleSegno</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Segno  (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>No Tooltip yet</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SelectAll</action>
        <after>SetPoint</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Select All Music In Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a selection for all the music in the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SelectAllStaffs</action>
        <after>SelectStaff</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Select All Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Selects the whole movement / All staffs</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SelectColumn</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Select Column</_label>
        <_tooltip>Selects the whole column</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SelectLeft</action>
        <after>SelectRight</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Select Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Move cursor left, selecting the object moved to.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SelectMeasure</action>
        <after>SelectColumn</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Select Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Create a selection for the entire current measure</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SelectRight</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Select Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Move cursor right, selecting the object moved to.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SelectStaff</action>
        <after>SelectPoint</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Select Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Selects the whole staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChoosePalette</action>
        <after>UnhidePalettes</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes</menupath>
        <_label>Select a Palette to Show</_label>
        <_tooltip>Offers the available palettes to un-hide.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SelectionToEmptyMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Selection to Next Empty Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a selection to the next empty measure in the current staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ZoomDialog</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</menupath>
        <_label>Set Display Scale</_label>
        <_tooltip>Scales the display by value given by user.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetTabStrings</action>
        <after>TabStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature</menupath>
        <_label>Set Open Strings</_label>
        <_tooltip>Replaces the current chord with a Denemo Directive that sets the open strings for a tablature staff
to the notes of that chord.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffSize</action>
        <after>TinyStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Set Staff Size</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the size of the staff on printing relative to the default 0. Value -3 is tiny 3 is large.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MidiTempo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Set Tempo</_label>
        <_tooltip>Send a Midi command to change the tempo to a new bpm. No printout.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TrillIsPlus</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Set Trill Style as +</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints trills with the common 18th c. notation: a plus sign.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaccatoStaccatissimo</action>
        <after>TrillIsPlus</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Staccato as '</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets staccato in 18th c. style, similar to modern stacattissimo. Applies to whole score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetTuningAllStaffs</action>
        <after>SetTuningStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Set Tuning Across All Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>At this time during playback switch to the temperament set when this command was invoked.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetTuningStaff</action>
        <after>TypesettingOn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Set Tuning for Current Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>At this time in playback the current staff's tuning will switch to the temperament selected when this command is invoked.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SharpenNote</action>
        <after>Sharpen</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Sharpen or Append Sharpened</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sharpens the note at the cursor, or if appending sharpen next entered note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PitchShift</action>
        <after>ConvertMidiForBass</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Shift Pitch</_label>
        <_tooltip>Outputs a pitch bend signal to the synthesizer for the value +/- 64 given.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShortInstrumentName</action>
        <after>InstrumentName</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Short Instrument Name</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints shortened form of instrument name before this staff
for second and subsequent systems</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PianoStaffName</action>
        <after>ShortInstrumentName</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Piano Staff Name</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the name given at the start of the Piano staff which must be where the cursor is. Remove instrument names on the individual staffs by setting them blank.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShortMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Short Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>UnhidePalettes</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes</menupath>
        <_label>Show Hidden Palettes</_label>
        <_tooltip>Un-hides all non-empty palettes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="builtin">
        <action>EditCursorObject</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor</menupath>
        <_label>Run Object Editor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a dialog to edit the object at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShowLastChange</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Show Last Change</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shows the last change recorded on the Undo stack.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShowOssia</action>
        <after>CreateOssiaStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia</menupath>
        <_label>Show Ossia</_label>
        <_tooltip>Place this at the start of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects</action>
        <after>NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick</menupath>
        <_label>Shuffle Selected Objects</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shuffle the selected objects</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SimplifyTies</action>
        <after>TransposeStaffPrint</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Simplify Ties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Converts tied notes to longer notes and removes spurious ties.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsSlash</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsXcircle</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Slash</_label>
        <_tooltip>Slash note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SmallFontStart</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Small Size</_label>
        <_tooltip>Music after this is printed in a small size.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SmallFontEnd</action>
        <after>SmallFontStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>End Small Size</_label>
        <_tooltip>Printing resumes normal size music.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SmallerStaff</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Smaller Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>The current staff will print in a smaller size. Use this for the solo part above a piano accompaniment</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReadingNoteNamesSolfege</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Solfege Note Name Recognition</_label>
        <_tooltip>%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending</action>
        <after>NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick</menupath>
        <_label>Sort Selection (Ascending)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sort all notes in the selection, ascending order.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending</action>
        <after>NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick</menupath>
        <_label>Sort Selection (Descending)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sort all notes in the selection, descending order.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SplitMeasure</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Split Measure at Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Split the current measure into two at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SplitChord</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Split Note/Chord</_label>
        <_tooltip>Split a chord into a specific amount of smaller notes while preserving original duration, generating tuplets if necessary. Not for rests.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Breve</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Breve</_label>
        <_tooltip>Append/Insert Breve. N.B. turns off spillover to next measure if set in preferences.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Longa</action>
        <after>Breve</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Longa</_label>
        <_tooltip>Append/Insert Longa. N.B. turns off spillover to next measure if set in preferences.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>ToggleStaccatissimo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Staccatissimo (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Toggles Staccatissimo</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleStaccatissimo</action>
        <after>ToggleStaccato</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Staccatissimo (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark chord as Staccatissimo</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaccatoSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>ToggleStaccato</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Staccato (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds the staccato dot or removes it</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleStaccato</action>
        <after>ToggleAccent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Staccato (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the chord staccato</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetCurrentStaffAsVoice</action>
        <after>MoveToVoiceDown</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Staff to Voice</_label>
        <_tooltip>The current staff will be typeset as a voice on the staff above.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StartBeam</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>Start Beam</_label>
        <_tooltip>Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CadenzaOn</action>
        <after>Tempo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Start Cadenza</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts Cadenza start at the current cursor position, which should be the start of a (Denemo) bar. Turns off automatic barlines, beaming etc and sets small sized notes for a cadenza. You can break up the cadenza in the Denemo Display into Denemo "bars" if the cadenza is too long. You will need to insert barlines or use the Allow Page/Line break command to let the typesetter break lines. Add Ignore Measure Duration Error directives in each bar if you want to use Check Score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FinishCadenza</action>
        <after>CadenzaOn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>End Cadenza</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts Cadenza end at the current cursor position which should be at the start of a (Denemo) bar. See Start Cadenza for details.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HelpForStemControl</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl</menupath>
        <_label>Help for Stem Control</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stem direction (up, down or automatic - depending on the note height on the staff- is normally controlled by selecting the LilyPond voice for the music on the staff. This menu is for primitive commands that force stems in one direction without altering slur, tie, ornament directions. Use right-click More Commands to un-hide these primitives if needed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StartDownStems</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl</menupath>
        <_label>Stems Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stems from now on point downward.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StartUpStems</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl</menupath>
        <_label>Stems Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stems from now on point upward.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CountSteps</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Step Counting Exercise</_label>
        <_tooltip>%tests your ability to find the number of diatonic notes between two notes</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StepSkipOrSame</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Step, Skip, or Same?</_label>
        <_tooltip>%tests your ability to determine if note is moving by a step or skip</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamingOff</action>
        <after>PageBreak</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Stop Beaming</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print)Stop automatic beaming from current position in score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamingOn</action>
        <after>BeamingOff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Start Beaming</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) Start automatic beaming at this point in score. (Used after turning beaming off).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StoppedSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Stopped (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the selected notes stopped</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StringNum</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings</menupath>
        <_label>String Number</_label>
        <_tooltip>Followed by a number, places string number on note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Section</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Sub-Title</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a subtitle for the current movement</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementSubtitle</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Subtitle</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the given name below the title of the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SuggestFlat</action>
        <after>SuggestSharp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Suggest Flat</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints flat sign over the note at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SuggestNatural</action>
        <after>SuggestFlat</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Suggest Natural</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a natural over the note at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SuggestSharp</action>
        <after>ReminderAccidental</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Suggest Sharp</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a sharp above the note at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SustainOff</action>
        <after>SustainOn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Sustain Off</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a Sustain Off Mark</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SustainOn</action>
        <after>BreathMark</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Sustain On</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a Sustain Pedal On Mark</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SystemSystemPadding</action>
        <after>ScoreIndent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>System to System Padding</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows control over the padding between successive systems down the page. (A system is all the staffs representing the music at one time, sometimes called a "line" of music).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TabStaff</action>
        <after>TinyStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature</menupath>
        <_label>Tablature (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) Current staff will typeset as TAB.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TocTitle</action>
        <after>BookPoet</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Table of Contents Title</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gives a heading for a table of contents, inserting the table in the book.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreTagline</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Tagline</_label>
        <_tooltip> Centered at the bottom of the last page.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TaglineLink</action>
        <after>ScoreTagline</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Tagline with Link</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a tagline with a link in PDF output.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MetronomeMark</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>Tempi and Metronome Marks</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert tempi and/or metronome marks, printed or not, adjust playback tempo to suit</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TenutoSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>ToggleTenuto</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Tenuto (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Toggles the Tenuto Line _ On/Off</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTenuto</action>
        <after>ToggleFermata</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Tenuto (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the chord Tenuto</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TextInsideSlur</action>
        <after>AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Text Inside Slur</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) Next text marking will be placed inside the slur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AttachedText</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Multi-line Text and Music</_label>
        <_tooltip>Attaches multi-line text which can include music snippets, transposing note/chord names, fret-diagrams, with control over bold, italic font size and more. Double quotes and {} must be paired - check with the Preview button before okaying the markup. Newlines are triggered by the paragraph sign.
        </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamLeftThree</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>Three Beams Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints with just three beams linking to the left.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamRightThree</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>Three Beams Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints with just three beams linking to the right.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TimesigWithBeatStructure</action>
        <after>InsertTimeSig</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Time Signature with Beaming Rule</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TinyStaff</action>
        <after>SmallerStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Tiny Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints current staff in a tiny font.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TinyStaffAllMovements</action>
        <after>TinyStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Tiny Staff in All Movements</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gets a staff number 1 ... n from user and makes that staff tiny in all movements.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BookTitle</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Title</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a title on title page</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementTitle</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Title</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the name given as a title above the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreTitle</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Title</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the name given as a title centered at the start of the score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TitledPiece</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Title</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints title for the current movement, which will get a page reference in a table of contents.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CriticalCommentaryIntro</action>
        <after>TocTitle</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog</menupath>
        <_label>Title and Introduction</_label>
        <_tooltip>A button is created for putting a title and introductory text for a critical commentary at the end of the score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveNoteToCursor</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>To Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the nearest note to join the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleImmediatePlayback</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Toggle Immediate Playback</_label>
        <_tooltip>Toggle on/off if you want to hear the note directly after inserting/changing.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTripleting</action>
        <after>ToggleTupletNumbering</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Toggle Triplet Entry (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a start triplet or end tuple alternately.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftDown</action>
        <after>ShiftUp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Tonal step down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step down, stay in the keysignature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftUp</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Tonal step up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step up, stay in the keysignature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>UpDownOrSame</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</menupath>
        <_label>Trace Note Direction</_label>
        <_tooltip>%tests your note tracking ability</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Tremolo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>Tremolo</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the note at the cursor with the tremolo marking for the subdivisions specified.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTrill</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Trill (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds/Removes a trill to the note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Tripletize</action>
        <after>ToggleTripleting</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Triplet-ize</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns the note on or before the cursor into a triplet of notes with the same total duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TripletizeSlurred</action>
        <after>Tripletize</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Triplet-ize (Slurred)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns the note at or before the cursor into a triplet of the same total duration, slurring the triplet.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed</action>
        <after>ToggleTupletNumbering</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Tuplet Brackets if not Beamed</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns tuplet brackets off for beamed notes. Affects tuplets from the cursor onwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTupletNumbering</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Tuplet Numbering Switch Off-On</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a Directive to turn tuplet numbering off from this point in the current staff. Right click on the Directive to switch it to turning tuplet numbering on from this point.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTurn</action>
        <after>TogglePrallPrall</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Turn (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add/Removes a Turn to the note</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetNewbieStatus</action>
        <after>HelpForReturnKey</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Turn Excessive Tooltips (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets your status as a newbie on or off. This affects the tooltips and palettes.
    Note you can also independently delay tooltips, indefinitely if you wish, via the preferences dialog. See Edit-&gt;Change Preferences-&gt;Command Behavior</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick</menupath>
        <_label>Twelve Tone Row</_label>
        <_tooltip>Generates twelve notes of the prevailing duration, each is unique so the whole chromatic range gets inserted in a random manner. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamLeftTwo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>Two Beams Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints with just two beams linking to the left.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamRightTwo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>Two Beams Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints with just two beams linking to the right.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TwoTimeSignatures</action>
        <after>TimesigWithBeatStructure</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Two Time Signatures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints two time-signatures, the second is active.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DenemoBar</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Typeset Barlines Literally (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Advanced: Typesets the Denemo barlines, regardless of the timing. Turns off automatic beaming.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Don't Engrave Time Signatures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deactivates the stencil for Time Signatures for the whole score, which prevents them from getting drawn and taking space. But the logic is still active.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TypesetVersesAtEnd</action>
        <after>DeleteVerse</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Typeset Verses at End</_label>
        <_tooltip>Let's you choose a number of verses to print at the end of the piece (movement), instead of underlaying the music. The verses are copied to the end so can be deleted once copied to prevent them from appearing beneath the music in addition.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TypesettingOff</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>TypesettingOff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns off typesetting from that point until turned on.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TypesettingOn</action>
        <after>TypesettingOff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>TypesettingOn</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns on typesetting from this point forward in all staffs.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>UnGraceAfter</action>
        <after>GraceAfter</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Un-Grace After</_label>
        <_tooltip>Remove grace after created with Denemo versions before 2.4</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleUpPrall</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Up Prall (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds/Removes Up Prall ornament</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTieUp</action>
        <after>ToggleTieDown</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Up Tie (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ties to next note, tie upwards, or removes tie.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleUpBow</action>
        <after>ToggleTenuto</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>UpBow (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark chord with an Up Bow</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>UpBowSelectionSwitcher</action>
        <after>MarcatoSelectionSwitcher</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>UpBow (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark current selection or note with UpBow</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftOn</action>
        <after>ShiftOff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Use Horizontal Shifts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns on horizontal displacements of notes where needed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VoicesDoublestroke</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Voice Preset</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose a preset for four voices or automatic voice.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VoicePreset1</action>
        <after>VoicePresetAutomatic</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Voice Preset 1 (Stems Up)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Preset for first voice. Stems up</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VoicePreset2</action>
        <after>VoicePreset1</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Voice Preset 2 (Stems Down)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Preset for second voice. Stems down.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VoicePreset3</action>
        <after>VoicePreset2</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Voice Preset 3 (Stems Up)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Preset for third voice. Stems up.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VoicePreset4</action>
        <after>VoicePreset3</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Voice Preset 4 (Stems Down)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Preset for voice four. Stems down.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VoicePresetAutomatic</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Voice Preset Automatic</_label>
        <_tooltip>Automatic voice preset. Resets to normal behaviour.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff</action>
        <after>SetCurrentStaffAsVoice</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Voice to Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>The current voice will be typeset on its own staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeVolume</action>
        <after>ChangeProgram</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Volume</_label>
        <_tooltip>Change the Volume of a channel/staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>WholeMeasureRepeat</action>
        <after>ParenthesizeNote</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Whole Measure Repeat</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a whole measure repeat sign.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>WholeMeasureRest</action>
        <after>EnterRest</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Whole Measure Rest</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a whole measure rest at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftRealWholeDown</action>
        <after>ShiftRealWholeUp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Whole tone down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone down</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftRealWholeUp</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</menupath>
        <_label>Whole tone up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone up</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementNoteheadsXcircle</action>
        <after>MovementNoteheadsCross</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles</menupath>
        <_label>Xcircle</_label>
        <_tooltip>Xcircle note head style for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ZoomIn</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</menupath>
        <_label>Zoom In</_label>
        <_tooltip>Zoom In</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ZoomOut</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</menupath>
        <_label>Zoom Out</_label>
        <_tooltip>Zoom Out</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ZoomReset</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</menupath>
        <_label>Zoom to 100%</_label>
        <_tooltip>Zoom to 100%, restore the original size</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FlattenKeysig</action>
        <after>SharpenKeysig</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Key</menupath>
        <_label>♭</_label>
        <_tooltip>Flattens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at the cursor, operates on the initial key signature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FlattenInitialKeysigs</action>
        <after>SharpenInitialKeysigs</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Key</menupath>
        <_label>♭ Initial</_label>
        <_tooltip>Flattens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SharpenKeysig</action>
        <after>InitialKey</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Key</menupath>
        <_label>♯</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sharpens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at cursor, sharpens the initial key signature.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SharpenInitialKeysigs</action>
        <after>InitialKey</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Key</menupath>
        <_label>♯ Initial</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sharpens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NewStructuredStaff</action>
        <after>NewStaffBefore</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>New Structured Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a new staff below the current staff with the same time signature changes inserted.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateClickStaffForMidi</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Create Click Track Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a staff at the top of this score from the imported MIDI using tempo and time signature information (if present). The measures are filled with drum beats so that pitches in the MIDI tracks can be displayed above them. When you have finished the import you can delete this staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LoadMidiTrack</action>
        <after>CreateClickStaffForMidi</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Staff for MIDI Track</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a staff below the click track for the MIDI track selected. The staff is empty except for time signature and tempo changes. The MIDI pitches from the track are displayed above the click track and notes can be inserted by double-clicking on a MIDI pitch and entering the rhythm.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GuidedMidiImport</action>
        <after>OpenAudio</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open Source MIDI</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a MIDI file for transcribing. Load each track in turn and insert the MIDI notes by playing the durations.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NextNoteOnset</action>
        <after>DenemoLink</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Next Note Onset</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves to the next MIDI note onset in the current recorded or imported MIDI track. Inserted durations will take their pitch from this note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PreviousNoteOnset</action>
        <after>NextNoteOnset</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Previous Note Onset</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the marked MIDI note onset to the one before the current one.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FirstNoteOnset</action>
        <after>PreviousNoteOnset</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>First Note Onset</_label>
        <_tooltip>The first recorded or imported MIDI note onset in the current track becomes marked so that entered durations will be given its pitch.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>UnmarkNoteOnset</action>
        <after>FirstNoteOnset</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Un-mark Note Onsets</_label>
        <_tooltip>Removes the mark from the MIDI note onset, so that inserting durations have their normal meaning.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertMarkedMidi</action>
        <after>Tremolo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Marked MIDI</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts the marked MIDI note from the current track, using the duration suggested. Use duration keys to insert the same note with a different duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SelectMidiImportStrategy</action>
        <after>Import-MusicXml</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</menupath>
        <_label>Import MIDI</_label>
        <_tooltip>Import Music from a MIDI file, either guided or (in simple cases) automatically.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PreviousMidiTrack</action>
        <after>NewStructuredStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Load Previous MIDI Track</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a staff for the imported MIDI track previous to the current one, making that the current one.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NextMidiTrack</action>
        <after>PreviousMidiTrack</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Load Next Midi Track</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a staff for the next MIDI track after the current one, making that the current one.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteLastRecordedMidi</action>
        <after>ToggleHideOtherStaffsKeepingClick</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Last Recorded Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Plays the last recorded note, deletes it and marks the new last note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteRecordedMidi</action>
        <after>Audio</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Recorded Midi</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes the MIDI that has been imported or recorded via MIDI in.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NonPrintingStaff</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Non Printing Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns the on/off whether this staff will be typeset. The staff still displays normally but will be dropped for the print view.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CursorToMarkedMidiNotePosition</action>
        <after>UnmarkNoteOnset</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Cursor to Marked Onset</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the Denemo cursor to the note to which the marked MIDI note onset belongs.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeTo0</action>
        <after>RemoveDot</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change Duration To 𝅝</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅝 duration. Works also in appending position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeTo1</action>
        <after>ChangeTo0</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change Duration To 𝅗𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅗𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeTo2</action>
        <after>ChangeTo1</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeTo3</action>
        <after>ChangeTo2</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅮</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅮 duration. Works also in appending position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeTo4</action>
        <after>ChangeTo3</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅯</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅯 duration. Works also in appending position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeTo5</action>
        <after>ChangeTo4</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅰</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅰 duration. Works also in appending position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeTo6</action>
        <after>ChangeTo5</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅱</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅱 duration. Works also in appending position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeTo7</action>
        <after>ChangeTo6</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅲</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅲 duration. Works also in appending position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ApparentTimeSignature</action>
        <after>SingleDigitTimeSig</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Apparent Time Signature</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets a time signature which is not the one actually being used. This is used in polymetric music, often in conjunction with a tuplet spanning the whole staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreComment</action>
        <after>EditScoreDirective</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>Comment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stores any textual commentary you may have for this score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetThumbnail</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Set Thumbnail from Selection</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the thumbnail for opening this file to the selection. (The selection must be in the first movement).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AccompanistsScore</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Accompanist's Score (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets/Unsets the top staff of each movement to a tiny font, with the lower staffs - the accompaniment - at the normal font. Print effect only.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BarNumberingInterval</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering</menupath>
        <_label>Bar Numbering Interval</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the interval at which bar numbers will be printed on typesetting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MMRExpandLimit</action>
        <after>AutoAccidentals</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Multi-Measure Rest Expand Limit</_label>
        <_tooltip>In Multi-Measure rests: controls how many measures rest are notated as church rests before numbers are used.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TieShape</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape</menupath>
        <_label>Tie Shape</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gives a choice of modifications to make to the following tie.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShapeTieFlatter</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape</menupath>
        <_label>Flatter/More Curved</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes the next tie more or less curved depending on the value given. The change is relative to the current shape, not the default shape.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShapeTieHigher</action>
        <after>ShapeTieFlatter</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape</menupath>
        <_label>Higher/Lower.</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the next tie higher/lower by the amount given from the current position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShapeTieWider</action>
        <after>ShapeTieHigher</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape</menupath>
        <_label>Widen/Make Narrower</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes the next tie wider/narrower by the amount given. The change is relative to the default value.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Void</action>
        <after>DenemoDurationInTicks</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Void Object</_label>
        <_tooltip>On typesetting the current object will be evaluated, but otherwise ignored.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckAndPrint</action>
        <after>Print</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Check and Print</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks the score for errors, if none are found proceeds to typeset and print the current layout.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PartCombineChords</action>
        <after>InitialVoice</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining</menupath>
        <_label>Part Combine Chords</_label>
        <_tooltip>From the cursor onwards chords will be combined from the parts included in the part combine command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PartCombineUnisono</action>
        <after>PartCombineChords</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining</menupath>
        <_label>Unisono</_label>
        <_tooltip>Combine parts as unison.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PartCombineAutomatic</action>
        <after>PartCombineUnisono</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining</menupath>
        <_label>Automatic</_label>
        <_tooltip>Reverts to the default part combining.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PartCombineApart</action>
        <after>PartCombineAutomatic</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining</menupath>
        <_label>Keep Voices Apart</_label>
        <_tooltip>When part combining, from this point the parts will be kept apart even though they could be combined.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AdvancedEdit</action>
        <after>EditSimilar</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor</menupath>
        <_label>Advanced Edit</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edits a Denemo Directive at the lowest level. Advanced users only!</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FillEmptyMeasures</action>
        <after>StaffMultiMeasureRests</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Fill Empty Measures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Replaces empty measures from the cursor position onwards with non-printing whole measure rests.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChooseSeekEditDirectives</action>
        <after>EditObject</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Choose, Seek &amp; Edit</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a menu of all the types of objects that can be searched for in this movement. Selecting one moves the cursor to the next object of that type which can then be edited, or further searches made. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MultiMeasureRestNumber</action>
        <after>MultiMeasureRests</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Multi-Measure Rest Number (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns the printing of the multi-measure rest number off or on. Use this when merging rests to avoid the number appearing twice.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ResumeEdit</action>
        <after>EditSimilar</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Resume Seek/Edit</_label>
        <_tooltip>Resumes seeking and optionally editing the last sought type of object.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteSlur</action>
        <after>ToggleEndSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Slur</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes the slur that includes the current cursor position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>WrapToNextStaff</action>
        <after>MoveToVoiceDown</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Next Staff, Wrapping</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves to the next staff, wrapping to the first staff when on the last staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FingeringSwap</action>
        <after>Finger5</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Fingering Swap</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints two fingerings joined to indicate a change of fingering on one note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetMargin</action>
        <after>ScoreIndent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Adjust Margins</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows the left, right, top and bottom margins to be set to a value in millimeters.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EditLyricAtCursor</action>
        <after>DeleteVerse</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Edit Lyric at Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>Switches keyboard input to the lyrics pane, placing the cursor on the syllable that belongs to the cursor note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DisplaceHorizontally</action>
        <after>ParenthesizeNote</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Displace Horizontally</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shifts the next note, chord or rest and its markings horizontally by the amount given.
Use this to refine the positioning, but be aware that notes in other staffs will not be affected. For polyphony, see NoteColumnShift under the Voices menu instead.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShiftDot</action>
        <after>DisplaceHorizontally</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Move Dot</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adjust the position of the dot on the current note by the amounts given (in units of staff line spaces).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FretBoards</action>
        <after>StaffSize</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams</menupath>
        <_label>Fret Diagrams (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Chords on this staff will typeset as fret diagrams (off/on). Choose from several instruments.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MergeDifferentlyDottedOn</action>
        <after>ShiftOn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Differently Dotted Merge On</_label>
        <_tooltip>From this point in the music notes in different voices beginning at the same time will be merged onto the same stem even if they differ in the dotting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MergeDifferentlyDottedOff</action>
        <after>MergeDifferentlyDottedOn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Merge Differently Dotted Off</_label>
        <_tooltip>From this point notes in different voices that begin at the same time will not be merged onto the same stem if they differ in the dotting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TweakFingeringPosition</action>
        <after>FingeringSwap</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Tweak Position</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shifts the position of the fingering indication by the amounts given.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TremoloDownward</action>
        <after>Tremolo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>Tremolo Downward</_label>
        <_tooltip>Slopes the tremolo slash downwards instead of upwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TremoloUpward</action>
        <after>TremoloDownward</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>Tremolo Upward</_label>
        <_tooltip>Slopes tremolo mark on stem upward.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CouleStaff</action>
        <after>NewStructuredStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Staff for Coulés</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a voice to the current staff which typesets notes as a slanting line - a coulé. The main voice provides the chord notes, and this provides the coulé between them.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>IndividualNoteheadSize</action>
        <after>NeoMensuralNotehead</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl</menupath>
        <_label>Individual Note Head Size</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows the notehead that the cursor is on to be made larger of smaller than normal.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleDownPrall</action>
        <after>ToggleUpPrall</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Down Prall (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets a down prall on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OrnamentSharp</action>
        <after>ToggleDownPrall</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Attach ♯</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places a sharp above the ornament on the note at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OrnamentFlat</action>
        <after>OrnamentSharp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Attach ♭</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places a flat above the ornament on the note at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OrnamentAccidentalBelow</action>
        <after>OrnamentSharp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Accidental Below</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places the accidental on the ornament below rather than above.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FreeSegno</action>
        <after>FreeFermata</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>Standalone Segno (for barlines)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets a segno over the barline.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DisplayEditingTime</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Time Spent Editing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Displays the cumulative time spent editing this score. The time counts any period between starting to edit and saving to disk. The time is accumulated over different editing sessions.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeatChange</action>
        <after>BreathMark</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>Beat Change (e.g. 𝅗𝅥 = 𝅘𝅥 .) </_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a change of beat at the cursor position. The playback tempo is adjusted to match.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RepeatTie</action>
        <after>InsertTiedNoteDuration</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Repeat Tie</_label>
        <_tooltip>The note at the cursor ends a tie that has begun elsewhere, usually in a first time bar. That is it is a repeat of the tie ending.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleSuspension</action>
        <after>OrnamentFlat</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste</menupath>
        <_label>Suspension</_label>
        <_tooltip>Suspension ornament (Off/On)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>IgnoreMeasureDurationError</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Ignore Measure Duration Error</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. Only affects the Denemo display and error checking, the typesetting will place barlines according to the actual durations of notes as usual.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffSpacer</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Staff/System/Titles Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Forces extra space between this staff and the adjacent one at this point in the score. If in the top staff of a system, forces the systems apart in the line at the cursor. If in the top staff on the top line gives more room below the titles.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ArticulationOutsideSlur</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Articulation Outside Slur (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>The articulation(s) on this note will be placed outside the slur (furthest from the note). Repeat the command to return the slur to the outside.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MusicGlyph</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Music Glyph</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows placing any musical glyph which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning.
The complete list of glyphs is in the LilyPond documentation.
Note! Do not place this directive at the end of a staff as it will not be typeset,
place it before the last note and then right-click on it in the typeset (print) view
to adjust its position if needed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeNoteEnharmonicUp</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Change Note Enharmonic +</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note at the cursor to its enharmonic equivalent one step higher. Use for individual notes in chords.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeNoteEnharmonicDown</action>
        <after>ChangeNoteEnharmonicUp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</menupath>
        <_label>Change Note Enharmonic -</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the note at the cursor to its enharmonic equivalent one step lower. Use for individual notes in chords.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Cresc</action>
        <after>ToggleEndDiminuendo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Cresc (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts textual cresc. (or deletes one already present at cursor). Terminate with End Crescendo or with a dynamic.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Dim</action>
        <after>Cresc</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Dim (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts a textual diminuendo. Terminate with End Diminuendo or a dynamic.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CrescendoTextSpanner</action>
        <after>Cresc</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Crescendo Text Spanner</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage. Use for cresc. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Crescendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\bold can be used.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DecrescendoTextSpanner</action>
        <after>Dim</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Diminuendo Text Spanner</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints text to start or continue a diminuendo extending over a passage. Use for dim. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Diminuendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\bold can be used.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TextSpanStart</action>
        <after>ToggleCoda</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Text Span Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts text which spans several notes, e.g. rallentando poco a poco. Terminate with Stop Text Span command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TextSpanStop</action>
        <after>TextSpanStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Text Span Stop</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stops the spanning text started earlier.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable</action>
        <after>EditLyricAtCursor</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Insert a Highlighted Lyric</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a syllable which can be bold and/or italic.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertStanzaNumber</action>
        <after>InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Stanza Number</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a stanza number (or other text that is not part of the lyrics) in the current verse at the cursor position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertMelisma</action>
        <after>InsertStanzaNumber</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Melismata</_label>
        <_tooltip>Extends a syllable over the next note with hyphenated line (within word) or extender line (at end of word).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LyricVerseDynamic</action>
        <after>InsertMelisma</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Dynamic</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a dynamic marking in the current verse at the insertion point in the lyrics pane. Use this to indicate dynamics which change from one verse to another.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertLyricTie</action>
        <after>InsertMelisma</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Lyric Tie</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a lyric tie between two words at the cursor.
Use this instead of a space between two words that are sung to the same note (do not leave a space as well).
It will be typeset as a tie or space between the words.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LaissezVibrer</action>
        <after>RepeatTie</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Laissez Vibrer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places a tie after the note at the cursor, tying to nothing. Use for laissez vibrer or when a tie comes at a final repeat.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AppendPostscript</action>
        <after>TaglineLink</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Append Encapsulated Postscript</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the end of the current movement.
Use this for columns of text or images, fancy titles etc. prepared in other programs
which are to appear after the music.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrependPostscript</action>
        <after>AppendPostscript</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Prepend Encapsulated Postscript</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the start of the current movement.
Use this for columns of text or images, fancy titles etc. prepared in other programs
which are to appear before the music.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GraphicTitlePage</action>
        <after>BookTitle</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Create or Edit Graphic Title Page</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the start of the score.
Use this for a title page prepared in your vector graphics editor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CustomOrnamentDefinition</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Create/Load Custom Ornament</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows the user to create a customized ornament (or load one previously created)
into this score's definitions. Ornament names should be start in lower case
and have no numerals.
If a standard ornament is used, e.g. trill,
then this will replace the standard ornament throughout the score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleCustomOrnament</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Attach Custom Ornament (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets a custom ornament on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BarNumberAlignment</action>
        <after>BarNumberingInterval</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering</menupath>
        <_label>Bar Number Alignment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allow choice of alignment of bar numbers with the barline.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EditCustomOrnamentDefinition</action>
        <after>CustomOrnamentDefinition</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Edit Custom Ornament Definition</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edit the definition (size or appearance) of a custom ornament definition. The definition must already have been created/loaded in this score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTremblement</action>
        <after>ToggleSuspension</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste</menupath>
        <_label>Tremblement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Attach a tremblement to the current note/chord or remove it if already present.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTremblementAppuye</action>
        <after>ToggleTremblement</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste</menupath>
        <_label>Tremblement Appuyé</_label>
        <_tooltip>Attaches tremblement appuyé to the note/chord at the cursor, or removes it if already present.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TogglePince</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste</menupath>
        <_label>Pincé</_label>
        <_tooltip>Pincé ornament (Off/On)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MultiLineTextAnnotation</action>
        <after>TextAnnotation</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Multi-line Text/Music...</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts multi-line text object which can include music snippets, Fret Diagrams and Note Names/Chord Symbols. LilyPond Markup can be used and a preview button is available to check the syntax. If created in a Marks Staff it will align with any dynamics - to avoid this create it in another staff and paste it in.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DynamicUp</action>
        <after>AutoAccidentals</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Dynamics Above</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a directive to cause dynamics to be printed above the staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NumericTimeSig</action>
        <after>InsertTimeSig</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Numeric Time Signature</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets common and cut time numerically rather than the traditional C and C cut. Applies to all the staffs from the current moment.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddBassInversion</action>
        <after>ParenthesizeChord</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add Bass Inversion</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a bass note to a chord, while keeping the current lowest note as the root of the chord. Use this on Chord Symbol staffs to create an inversion of the chord entered.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChordChartStaff</action>
        <after>ChordStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Chord Chart Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints Chord symbols separated by bar lines. Repeats, time signatures and text are also printed for this staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CustomRehearsalMark</action>
        <after>RehearsalMark</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>Add Mark (Text/Rehearsal/Book)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a Mark in the score at the cursor. Marks can be placed in a Marks staff or in any part and will appear only once (above the top part) in the score. Any size, font, effect can be chosen. A preview button allows you to check the appearance/syntax used. The text position can be dragged in the print view if needed. Multiple marks at the same moment are allowed from LilyPond version 2.24 onwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CustomBarline</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Custom Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Create a custom barline.
These can be named, or can simply override a standard LilyPond bar line type.
A bar line is defined by four forms, which describe 1) the appearance normally (during a line), 
2) appearance when the barline is at the beginning or 
3) end of a line , and 
4) what to show when joining staffs together as with a Piano Staff.
Barline forms are made of characters including |,:,.,[,],:
and others in the LilyPond documentation.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RaggedLast</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Ragged Last</_label>
        <_tooltip>When set the last line will not be stretched to fill the line.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ProportionalNotation</action>
        <after>DenemoBar</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Proportional Note Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Spaces notes in proportion to duration, based on the duration given.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NewSpacing</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Start New Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Spaces notes from cursor onwards based on the spacing given. Applies to all the staffs so you must have only one at any one moment in the score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RevertSpacing</action>
        <after>NewSpacing</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Revert Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Spaces notes from cursor onwards in default manner. Do not use if you are starting a new spacing section at the same mooment in the score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChordNameOffset</action>
        <after>AddBassInversion</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Offset Chord Name</_label>
        <_tooltip>Offsets the Chord symbol generated by the chord at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckBraces</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</menupath>
        <_label>Check Braces</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks the braces (staff groupings) for this movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AdjustCustomOrnament</action>
        <after>EditCustomOrnamentDefinition</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Adjust Ornament</_label>
        <_tooltip>Place the ornament attached to the note at the cursor above/below or adjust padding around it.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffDeleteEmptyMeasures</action>
        <after>FillEmptyMeasures</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Empty Measures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes any measures that are empty from the measure after the cursor to end of staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreHeader</action>
        <after>ScoreProlog</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>LilyPond Score Header</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts LilyPond syntax at the head of the output.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OrnamentWithAccidentals</action>
        <after>ToggleDownPrall</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Ornament with Accidentals</_label>
        <_tooltip>Create an ornament with accidentals above and/or below the ornament.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BeamHalfMeasure</action>
        <after>SingleDigitTimeSig</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Beam at Half Measure (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>In time signatures 3/N prevent beaming across the beat. Repeat the command to allow such beaming.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel</action>
        <after>ShowLastChange</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Activate Palette Button</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you "click" a palette button by typing the label. Use a keyboard shortcut to start this command, then type the label followed by Return. The last used palette is the active one. Click on the menu item for this command for more help.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AccidentalStyle</action>
        <after>ScoreIndent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Accidental Style</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose the style for typesetting accidentals. Determines whether or not an accidental is printed in particular circumstances (such as repeated notes in different measures, octaves, voices etc).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LyricFont</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Change Font</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts into the current lyric verse a change of font. Keep this code on a line of its own.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LyricFontSize</action>
        <after>LyricFont</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Larger/Smaller Font Size</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a code in the current lyric verse to change to larger or smaller font size. Keep this code on a separate line.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InstallCue</action>
        <after>AutoAccidentals</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Install Cue</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts quoting music from another staff as a cue. The end cue marker is placed at the end of the measure, but can be moved with cut and paste to the desired position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NumbersSelectDuration</action>
        <after>NoteNamesMove</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard</menupath>
        <_label>Numbers Select Duration</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the action of keys 0,1,2... to select the prevailing duration instead of inserting notes of the duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NumbersDefault</action>
        <after>NoteNamesDefault</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard</menupath>
        <_label>Numbers Default Action</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets key shortcuts 0,1,2... to the default action, inserting notes of the duration.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MeasureCountDelimeter</action>
        <after>SetBarNumber</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Measure Count Start or End</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a directive to start or stop the printing of a counter above each measure. Use for repeated measures to assist the performer count the number of repetitions.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckTimeSignatures</action>
        <after>EvenOutStaffLengths</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Check Time Signatures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks the movement for miss-matched or miss-placed time signature changes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChordChartTimeSignature</action>
        <after>NumericTimeSig</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Chord Chart Time Signature</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a time signature (for use in Chord Charts)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CompactChordSymbol</action>
        <after>EditChords</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols</menupath>
        <_label>Chord Chart Symbol</_label>
        <_tooltip>Attaches an arbitrary chord type to the note at the cursor - used in compact chord charts for uncommon chords.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SystemsPerPage</action>
        <after>SystemSystemPadding</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Systems Per Page</_label>
        <_tooltip>Forces a specific number of systems (lines of music) per page.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetPageSize</action>
        <after>SetMargin</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Page Size</_label>
        <_tooltip>Set the page size - this overrides the default page size set in score properties.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MeasuresPerLine</action>
        <after>SystemSystemPadding</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Measures Per Line</_label>
        <_tooltip>Forces a fixed number of measures per line.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DoubleBarRepeatStart</action>
        <after>RepeatStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Double Bar Repeat Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a repeat start, with double bar on previous line if at a line break.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TrailingStaffLines</action>
        <after>DoubleBarRepeatStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Trailing Staff Lines</_label>
        <_tooltip>Place at the end of the movement to allow the staff lines to trail off without any closing bar line. Use e.g. for signalling a key change at the start of the next movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CompactChordScale</action>
        <after>ChordNameOffset</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Scale Next Chord</_label>
        <_tooltip>The next chord symbol will be scaled to the values given.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FilledTitleLine</action>
        <after>ScoreVersion</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Filled Title Line</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints three pieces of text left, right and centered on a single line. Each field can be a different size etc.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>WholeMeasureSpacer</action>
        <after>InsertBlankOneHundredTwentyEighthNote</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Whole Measure Spacer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a non-printing whole measure after the current measure with a directive to omit the barline. This gives a one measure spacer.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DottedBarline</action>
        <after>HalfBarline</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Dotted Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints dotted barline</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertGraphic</action>
        <after>MusicGlyph</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Graphic</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a graphic in the music. This should be created as an encapsulated postscript file.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetFonts</action>
        <after>SetMargin</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Set Fonts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Select the default fonts used for titles, chord names etc. for the whole score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ColorChordSymbol</action>
        <after>StopStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols</menupath>
        <_label>Color Next Symbol</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets the next chord symbol in a color you choose.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FretDiagram</action>
        <after>InsertGraphic</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>Fret Diagram</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a dialog for you to enter a description of the fret diagram to be typeset at the cursor position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertSpaceBeforeMovement</action>
        <after>PrependPostscript</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Space Above</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts blank space above the movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ArtificialHarmonic</action>
        <after>ChangeNotehead</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl</menupath>
        <_label>Artificial Harmonic</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places a diamond shape notehead at the cursor. Invoke this command with the cursor above the note to be fingered/fretted to notate an artificial harmonic.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Caesura</action>
        <after>BreathMark</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Caesura</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a caesura (pause) at the cursor position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PageBreaksBeforeMovements</action>
        <after>DenemoBar</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Page Breaks (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Movements will start on a new page (Off/On)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>IgnoreClashingNoteColumns</action>
        <after>PartCombineApart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining</menupath>
        <_label>Clashing Note Column Warnings (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns warnings from the LilyPond typesetter about clashing note columns off or on. These can be harmless but can cause a warning to check the score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleCurrentStaffDisplay</action>
        <after>TinyStaffAllMovements</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Staff Hidden (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shows/Hides the current staff in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the typesetting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleDisplayAllStaffs</action>
        <after>ToggleCurrentStaffDisplay</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Display All (Other) Staffs (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Show the current staff in the display and hide/show all other staffs. Typesetting is not affected.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideNotSelectedStaffs</action>
        <after>ToggleDisplayAllStaffs</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Hide Non-Selected Staffs.</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides staffs that are not selected in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the typesetting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideSelectedStaffs</action>
        <after>HideNotSelectedStaffs</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Hides Selected Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides the selected staffs in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the Typesetting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VisibleStaffUp</action>
        <after>MoveToStaffUp</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Visible Staff Up</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves to the next staff or voice up skipping ones that are hidden in the display.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VisibleStaffDown</action>
        <after>MoveToStaffDown</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Visible Staff Down</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves to the next staff or voice down skipping ones that are hidden in the display.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DuplicateOrMergeMovements</action>
        <after>DeleteMovement</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Duplicate or Merge</_label>
        <_tooltip>Offers choice to duplicate the current movement or merge this movement with the previous one.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PushCursorPosition</action>
        <after>SearchBookmark</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</menupath>
        <_label>Store Position</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stores the current cursor position for returning to later.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PopCursorPosition</action>
        <after>PushCursorPosition</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Stored Position</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor to the last stored position. You can store a sequence of positions and then return to them in one by one (a stack of positions).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Agrement</action>
        <after>Ornament</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Agréments</_label>
        <_tooltip>Insert a (French 18th c) agrément on the note at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DynamicsExtraSpace</action>
        <after>DecrescendoTextSpanner</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Extra Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Music is spaced out by the extra amount given to avoid textual dynamic markings colliding. Not for hairpins.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BassInversionSequence</action>
        <after>AddBassInversion</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Bass Sequence</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets a sequence of bass inversion notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenProofReadDialog</action>
        <after>OpenNewWindow</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open Proof Read PDF</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a dialog to fetch a PDF file generated by Denemo which has had proof reading annotations added to it. Clicking on notes in this file moves the cursor to the correct point in the Denemo display.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EditScoreAndMovementDirectives</action>
        <after>ResumeEdit</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Edit Score/Movement Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Collects together all the Score Directives and the Movement Directives for the current movement and allows advanced (low-level) edit of any of them. This is a convenience command if you do not know the directive you are looking for.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Comment</action>
        <after>InsertStandaloneDirective</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Comment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a comment at the cursor position. The music typesetting is unaffected.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleFingeringVisibility</action>
        <after>TweakFingeringPosition</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</menupath>
        <_label>Hide/Show Fingering</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides/Shows the fingering on the note at the cursor height in the typeset score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SplitMovementAtCursor</action>
        <after>DuplicateOrMergeMovements</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Split Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Splits the movement at the cursor. Place the cursor after any time signature or key signature change that applies to the split-off movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideMovement</action>
        <after>SplitMovementAtCursor</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Hide Movement as Sketch (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stops the current movement from being typeset (use for fragments of music, sketches etc). At least one movement must be typeset.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleNonprintingSelection</action>
        <after>SelectionToEmptyMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Selection Non-printing (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets/Unsets all objects in the selection to be non-printing.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Dottify2</action>
        <after>Dottify</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</menupath>
        <_label>Dottify2</_label>
        <_tooltip>As Dottify command but dotted rhythm created is dotted note plus two notes of a quarter the duration. Total duration is unchanged.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StartTrillSpan</action>
        <after>SustainOn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Start Trill</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts a spanning trill from the note at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StopTrillSpan</action>
        <after>StartTrillSpan</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Stop Trill</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ends a previously started trill at the next note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EditAll</action>
        <after>ResumeEdit</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Edit All of Type</_label>
        <_tooltip>Edits/Deletes all objects of the last searched for type this and all succeeding movements.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TypesetOnlyClef</action>
        <after>DisplayOnlyClef</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Typeset Only Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a clef that affects only the typesetting, not the display. Use this for music transposed on typesetting (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to read). Also useful to enter music in a familiar clef which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. enter music in treble or bass clef music to be printed for viola).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CheckDirectivePairs</action>
        <after>Comment</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Check Paired Directives</_label>
        <_tooltip>Checks that paired directives match from the cursor to the end of the staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FirstPageNumber</action>
        <after>SetPageSize</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering</menupath>
        <_label>Set/Unset First Page Number</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows setting the first page number.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PrintFirstPageNumber</action>
        <after>FirstPageNumber</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering</menupath>
        <_label>Print First Page Number (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Control if the first page number is typeset.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat</action>
        <after>ReduceSystemSpacing</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Format of rehearsal marks</_label>
        <_tooltip>Select the format of rehearsal marks (alphabetic, numeric, boxed, etc.)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GraceTermination</action>
        <after>UnGraceAfter</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Termination</_label>
        <_tooltip>Appends two grace notes, slurred to current note. Follow with a duration key to set duration of grace notes to be appended.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertNthSnippet</action>
        <after>ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Nth Snippet</_label>
        <_tooltip>Pastes the Nth snippet into the score at the cursor position. Follow with the number 1,2,... of the snippet to be inserted</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConvertIncorrectSlursToTies</action>
        <after>ToggleNoteDownTie</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Convert Incorrect Slurs to Ties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Corrects for the slur/tie error common in imported scores. Scans entire score for pairs of identical notes slurred together as a pair. Changes these to a tied note. Do not use in the unusual case of identical notes slurred (e.g. across strings).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DisplayCurrentObject</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Object Inspector</_label>
        <_tooltip>Pops up a window which displays the object at the cursor, including anything attached to it.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteTextAnnotationsFromCursor</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Text Annotations</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes standalone text annotations from the cursor to the end of the staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertChordDirective</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Attach/Edit LilyPond to Chord</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts LilyPond syntax you give before and after the chord at the cursor, also allows editing/deleting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetBeamExceptions</action>
        <after>AllowBreakAtBeat</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Set Beaming Rules</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will set exceptions to the regular rule. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ].</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertBeamingRule</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Beaming Rule Change</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a (hidden) time signature with rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementBeamingRules</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Beaming Rules</_label>
        <_tooltip>Add/Replace rules to be used for beaming in the current movement. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChooseNotehead</action>
        <after>ChangeNotehead</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl</menupath>
        <_label>Choose Notehead</_label>
        <_tooltip>(Print) Gives a choice between all the notehead types available.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreChooseNotehead</action>
        <after>AccidentalStyle</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Set Notehead Style</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the type of notehead to be used score-wide.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore</action>
        <after>DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Fingerings (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns on/off visibilty of fingerings on typesetting for whole score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleCurveControl</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Typeset Curve Control Points (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets with curve control points marked. Use these for accurate tweaking of shape via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleWysiwygMarks</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Typeset Red Dots (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets with red dots on the graphical objects. Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FillMeasure</action>
        <after>DuplicateChord</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Fill Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Duplicates the note/chord/rest at or before the cursor until the measure is full or over-full. In a full measure duplicates the measure, in an empty measure insert the current duration</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>QuickLilyPondParts</action>
        <after>QuickLilyPondPart</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Quick LilyPond Parts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Runs Quick LilyPond Part on all the staffs of the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>QuickLilyPondPartsAllMovements</action>
        <after>QuickLilyPondParts</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Quick LilyPond Parts All Movements</_label>
        <_tooltip>Runs Quick LilyPond Parts on all movemnts.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FreeCoda</action>
        <after>FreeSegno</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>Standalone Coda (for barlines)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Coda symbol attached to the net object, for example a barline. But shown between notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DuplicateRestNoteChord</action>
        <after>DuplicateChord</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Duplicate Rest, Note, Chord</_label>
        <_tooltip>Duplicates the rest, note or chord at or before the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetStaffLines</action>
        <after>StaffSize</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Set Staff Lines</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the number of lines for the current staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetStaffRangeFromChord</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Set Staff Range</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the highest and lowest notes valid for the current staff to the highest and lowest pitches of the chord at the cursor. Notes outside that range will be typeset but will display as red notes to warn you that you are outside the range of the current instrument.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddInstrumentStaff</action>
        <after>PianoStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Staff for Instrument</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a staff at the bottom for the instrument selected from the templates/instruments directory. The name and range of the instrument is set with any transposition for playback if needed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChordChangesOnly</action>
        <after>RevertSpacing</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Chord Changes Only</_label>
        <_tooltip>From the cursor position on only chord changes are typeset (either Chord Symbols or Fret Diagrams), except at the beginning of the line.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SubstituteMusic</action>
        <after>NonPrintingStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Mirrored Music (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets this staff with the music from another staff, optionally in addition to its own music. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored. Staff number to mirror is chosen interactively or passed as a parameter to the command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PlaybackView</action>
        <after>Play</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Playback View</_label>
        <_tooltip>Displays the music fully typeset on one long page (the Playback View). Click on a note to play from there or drag to loop play.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TupletBrackets</action>
        <after>TripletizeSlurred</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Tuplet Brackets</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose whether tuplets should have brackets. Affects tuplets from the cursor onwards.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MidiInstrumentName</action>
        <after>PianoStaffName</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>MIDI Instrument</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the MIDI instrument for this staff for use in the Playback View</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleTypesetOfLyrics</action>
        <after>LyricFontSize</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Typeset Lyrics (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns Off/On typesetting of lyrics for the entire score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertBreakInStaff</action>
        <after>SplitMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Create Gap</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a gap between the previous measure and the current one. The clef is re-instated after the gap. The gap size can be adjusted by inserting or deleting empty measures in between.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RaggedRight</action>
        <after>Indent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Ragged Right (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>If the current movement has only one system it will be stretched to the right margin. Run the command again to turn this off.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenEnharmonicSharpen</action>
        <after>OpenOctaveUp</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition</menupath>
        <_label>Open Enharmonic Sharpen</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a block of music that will be sharpened enharmonically (E-flat becomes D-sharp etc). The block should be close with a curly brace } </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenEnharmonicFlatten</action>
        <after>OpenEnharmonicSharpen</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition</menupath>
        <_label>Open Enharmonic Flatten</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens a block of music that will be sharpened enharmonically (D-sharp becomes E-flat etc). The block should be closed with a curly brace }</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DirectiveOnlyForLayout</action>
        <after>InsertNoteDirective</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Allow for Current Layout</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor take effect when typesetting the current layout. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended.  The current layout will be entered in the list of allowed layouts for this directive, layouts not on that list will ignore it.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DirectiveNotForLayout</action>
        <after>DirectiveOnlyForLayout</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Ignore for Current Layout</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor be ignored for typesetting the current layout. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DirectiveForAllLayouts</action>
        <after>DirectiveNotForLayout</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives</menupath>
        <_label>Reset for All Layouts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor be typeset normally, i.e for all layouts. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeSoundingDuration</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Change Sounding Duration</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the duration of the note a the cursor for playback purposes, typesetting unaffected.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CenterPageNumber</action>
        <after>PrintFirstPageNumber</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering</menupath>
        <_label>Center Page Numbers</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints page numbers at center bottom of the page, or revert to default positioning.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TwoSidedMargins</action>
        <after>SetMargin</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Two Sided Margins</_label>
        <_tooltip>Uses different margins for left and right hand pages.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MuteStaffs</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Mute Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Select which staffs should be muted during playback.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LengthenHairpin</action>
        <after>DynamicsExtraSpace</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Lengthen Hairpin</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a directive to lengthen the following cresc or dim hairpin.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertSyllableSkips</action>
        <after>InsertStanzaNumber</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Skip Syllables in Selection</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts blanks for the syllables from the start of the notes selected in the Denemo Display to the cursor. With no selection asks for a number of syllables to skip and inserts the skip at the lyric cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddMirrorVoice</action>
        <after>NewVoice</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Add Voice (Borrowed/Mirrored Music)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a voice whose music is automatically mirrored from another staff of your choice. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored. Staff number to mirror is chosen interactively or passed as a parameter to the command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddMirrorStaff</action>
        <after>NewStructuredStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Staff (Borrowed/Mirrored Music)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a staff whose music is automatically mirrored from another staff of your choice. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored. Staff number to mirror is chosen interactively or passed as a parameter to the command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TupletPosition</action>
        <after>ToggleTupletNumbering</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Tuplet Position</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the positioning of the following tuplet (up/down/auto) to your choice.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CurvedTupletBrackets</action>
        <after>TupletPosition</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</menupath>
        <_label>Curved Tuplet Brackets (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Tuplet brackets will have a curved shape (like a slur) with the tuplet number inside. Note these cannot be re-shaped like slurs, so turn tuplet brackets off and place slurs manually if you need to reshape them.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideStems</action>
        <after>BeamingOn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Hide Stems</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides stems on notes from this point on.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShowStems</action>
        <after>HideStems</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Show Stems</_label>
        <_tooltip>This directive turns on typesetting of stems on notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertLyricAlignment</action>
        <after>InsertStanzaNumber</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Syllable Alignment</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts some syntax into the lyric verse to determine the alignment of syllables under notes. Lyrics to be affected should be on the following lines.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CadenzaTime</action>
        <after>NumericTimeSig</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Start Cadenza Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a non-printing timesignature to indicate a cadenza follows. Each Denemo "bar" should be given enough of the cadenza to make the display easy to read - the Denemo barlines will be ignored. You must insert any barlines and beaming you require (otherwise none will typeset). End the cadenza by inserting an End Cadenza Time in a new Denemo bar. Note all other staffs must have non-spacing rests exactly totalling the literal written duration of the cadenza; do not leave empty Denemo "bars" in those staffs, put in the same duration of non-printing rests as the cadenza has of music.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EndCadenzaTime</action>
        <after>CadenzaTime</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>End Cadenza Time</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a non-printing time signature to resume normal measured music.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BlankPage</action>
        <after>MovementPageBreak</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Blank Page Before</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a blank page (with optional text) before the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleArpeggio</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Arpeggio (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark chord with an arpeggio</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleStopped</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Stopped (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Mark/Unmark the current chord stopped</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Tongue</action>
        <after>ToggleStopped</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</menupath>
        <_label>Tongue</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a tonguing indication, (a number of staccato dots) to the current note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateClickStaff</action>
        <after>DynamicsStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Create/Populate Click Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a staff at the top as a click track. Suggests a pattern of drum beats for the first bar, and offers to copy these to the following bars. The cursor height determines which drum sounds are suggested from the General MIDI set. Invoked in a click track it will copy your own set of drum beats to subsequent (empty) measures.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FillUpMeasure</action>
        <after>FillMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Duplicate to Fill Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Duplicates the notes in the current measure until the measure is full or over-full. If already full, duplicates the current measure.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SimpleChapter</action>
        <after>ScoreTitle</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Book Chapter</_label>
        <_tooltip>Asks for a Chapter Title and end movement number. Makes the current movement the start of a chapter which ends at a later movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateButtonForObject</action>
        <after>UnhidePalettes</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes</menupath>
        <_label>Create Button for Object</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a palette button to insert a clone of the object at the cursor when the button is pressed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AlternateNote</action>
        <after>ChangeEnharmonicDown</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Alternate Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>If there are two notes at the cursor height this command swaps them round. This affects which note will be acted on by commands such as fingering, string-number, sharpen, flatten etc.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Vibrato</action>
        <after>Glissando</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Vibrato</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start or Stop a wavy line above the notes. The waves can be made longer/shorter via the wavelength given and can be made to swell and or diminish, several times if desired by giving one or more amplitudes. </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DisplayMeasureNumber</action>
        <after>WidenMeasures</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Measure Number</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the bar number displayed for this and subsequent bars. Does not affect the print out, see Set Bar Number command for that.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HelpForRepeats</action>
        <after>DisplayMeasureNumber</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</menupath>
        <_label>Help for Repeats</_label>
        <_tooltip>Explains the different ways of creating repeats.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CloseRepeat</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</menupath>
        <_label>Close a Repeat Section</_label>
        <_tooltip>Closes a section that starts with an Open Repeat. Not needed with 1st and 2nd time bars. (Printing)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CloseReopenRepeat</action>
        <after>CloseRepeat</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</menupath>
        <_label>Close and Reopen Repeat</_label>
        <_tooltip>Closes and open repeat block and opens a new one.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Fine</action>
        <after>DaCapo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Fine (i.e. end)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts Fine marking as standalone Denemo Directive.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AssignInstrument</action>
        <after>StaffComment</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Assign Instrument</_label>
        <_tooltip>Assigns the current staff to an instrument selected by the user.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SaveAsTemplate</action>
        <after>SaveCopy</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Save Template</_label>
        <_tooltip>Saves the current score as a template, offering to remove the music if desired. When removing the music, all movements except the first movement are deleted and only directives in the first measure are left; any Incipit is deleted too.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LigatureStart</action>
        <after>EndVolta</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Start Ligature</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts drawing a square bracket above the notes from the cursor. Use
End Ligature to mark the place where the bracket should end. Used in
transcribing mensural music notation.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LigatureEnd</action>
        <after>LigatureStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>End Ligature</_label>
        <_tooltip>End drawing a square bracket above the notes. Must be preceded by a
Start Ligature earlier in the same staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AllStaffsHidden</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Hide All Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes all the staffs hidden in the display except for the one with the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AllStaffsVisible</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Show All Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes all the staffs visible in the display.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TerminateHairpinAtBarline</action>
        <after>DynamicsExtraSpace</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Terminate Hairpin at Barline</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ends a cresc.  or dim, hairpin at the barline following the current note/chord. This command inserts a standalone Denemo Directive after the note/chord at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetPageCount</action>
        <after>SetPageSize</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Set Total Number of Pages</_label>
        <_tooltip>Forces the score to be typeset onto the number of pages you choose.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChordEntry</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Chord Entry Without Pedal</_label>
        <_tooltip>Playing notes on the MIDI keyboard will enter all notes played as a chord until no notes are on.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateButtonForChordType</action>
        <after>CreateButtonForObject</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes</menupath>
        <_label>Create Button for Chord Type</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a palette button which will insert the type of chord at the cursor, transposed to the cursor position when invoked. Use prepending sharp or flat to insert a chord with sharpened or flattened root note. Use for chord symbol chords.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PageNumbersWithInstrument</action>
        <after>CenterPageNumber</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering</menupath>
        <_label>Bold Page Numbers</_label>
        <_tooltip>Page numbers typeset in a distinct font. The instrumentation is printed too, centered above each page after the first.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PercentRepeat</action>
        <after>FillUpMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Percent Style Repeat</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a repeat from the selection, typeset in \"percent\" style.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>UseAddPrefix</action>
        <after>AddBassInversion</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Use "add" Prefix</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts the word "add" as a prefix for added notes in chord symbols after the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ScoreShortIndent</action>
        <after>ScoreIndent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Short Indent</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the indent to be used on systems after the first.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DenemoDurationInTicks</action>
        <after>EditAll</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor</menupath>
        <_label>(Display) Set Object Duration</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the duration of the object at the cursor for display/playback purposes. Value is pulses per quarter note - ie MIDI ticks. No effect on typesetting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PolymetricStaffs</action>
        <after>HideEmptyStaffs</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Polymetric Staffs (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns on/off independent time signatures and barline on the staffs. Use for polymetric notation.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HiddenMeasure</action>
        <after>InsertBreakInStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Hidden Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a dummy whole measure rest. The measure is not seen by the LilyPond typesetter, it just takes up space in the display. Use for polymetric music to even up the staff lengths for the display.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OpenParenthesizeChord</action>
        <after>ParenthesizeChord</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Open Parenthesis (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints an open parenthesis before the chord at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CloseParenthesizeChord</action>
        <after>OpenParenthesizeChord</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Close Parenthesis (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a close parenthesis after the chord at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TieWaitForNote</action>
        <after>StaccatoStaccatissimo</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Ties Extend to Matching Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Ties will extend over intermediate notes until the note tied to occurs. Use for written-out arpeggio styles.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveViewportRight</action>
        <after>DenemoLink</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Move Display Right</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the view port (the Denemo Display) to the right, leaving the cursor on the same object as long as it is still in view.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveViewportLeft</action>
        <after>MoveViewportRight</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Move Display Left</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the view port (the Denemo Display) to the left, leaving the cursor on the same object as long as it is still in view.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Unmeasured</action>
        <after>NumericTimeSig</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</menupath>
        <_label>Unmeasured Staffs (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes the staffs accept any duration per Denemo measure and typesets as a cadenza. Equivalent to Cadenza Time from the first bar.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertMirroredVerse</action>
        <after>InsertMelisma</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Insert Mirrored Verse</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts special syntax to typeset a verse from another staff under this staff. This syntax should be on a line of its own.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NonPrintingStaffs</action>
        <after>CheckAndPrint</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Select Staffs to Print</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes selected staffs non-printing.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConnectArpeggios</action>
        <after>ScoreChooseNotehead</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Connect Arpeggios (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Any arpeggios inserted on chords in different voices will be drawn across the voices.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertHyphenBetweenSyllables</action>
        <after>InsertMelisma</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Divide Syllables with Hyphen</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets a hyphen between the syllables at the cursor, if there is sufficient room.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AutoBassFigureHeight</action>
        <after>AdjustBassFigureHeight</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Adjust All Heights</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the heights of the bass figures above the notes throughout the score to avoid ungainly positions. The bass figures must be on the lowest staff</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TransposeVoices</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>(Print) Transpose</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the voices transposed by the interval given. This is in addition to any score-wide transposition and any staff-wide transposition</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteCurrentVerse</action>
        <after>AddVerse</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Verse</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes the current verse - copy the text first if needed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SimulateMidi</action>
        <after>NumbersSelectDuration</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard</menupath>
        <_label>Simulate MIDI</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes the second and third rows of the pc-keyboard behave like a MIDI piano keyboard: asdfg... creates the scale from Middle C, while the qwerty row provides sharps/flats (with gaps). To customize these key assignments for your keyboard use Ctrl-Esc. Tab key toggles chord entry off/on. PgUp key starts entering notes an octave higher, PgDn an octave lower. Use with rhythm entry for MIDI in checked in preferences.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NewStaffAllMovements</action>
        <after>MarksStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add in All Movements</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a new structured staff after the current staff in this and succeeding movments.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FiguredBassTweak</action>
        <after>AutoBassFigureHeight</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Tweak Default Appearance</_label>
        <_tooltip>Alters the default figured bass appearance to a more 18th c. look.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AllowVoltaHook</action>
        <after>ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Barline to end Repeat Alternative</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose an additional type of barline to close a second (or n'th) time bar with a downward tick.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TieStyle</action>
        <after>ToggleNoteDownTie</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Dashed or Dotted</_label>
        <_tooltip>Make the tie on this note dashed or dotted.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SlurStyle</action>
        <after>MarkingInsideSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Dashed or Dotted</_label>
        <_tooltip>Make the slur starting from this note dashed or dotted.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShowVirtualKeyboard</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu</menupath>
        <_label>On-screen Piano Keyboard</_label>
        <_tooltip>Displays a piano-style keyboard that can be clicked on to enter notes. Right click adds notes to the chord. Unlike a MIDI keyboard it doesn't pass through MIDI filters, etc.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleFigures</action>
        <after>ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Bass Figures (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Turns on/off visibility of figured bass on typesetting for whole score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ArbitraryKeySignature</action>
        <after>FlattenInitialKeysigs</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Key</menupath>
        <_label>Arbitrary Key Signature</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a key signature composed of an arbitrary combination of accidentals. For any step of the scale which needs an accidental to show choose the note name and accidental. Note that the Denemo Display will ignore this, so you have to enter the accidentals as if it wasn't there. LilyPond will typeset the key signature specified and display accidentals before notes correspondingly.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InsertDirectivesAroundSelection</action>
        <after>ApplyToSelection</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Span Selection with Pair of Objects</_label>
        <_tooltip>If the selection comprises two objects - directives, clef changes, tuplet markers etc. -  it cuts them to the clipboard. Subsequent invocations of the command with music selected places the two objects before and after the music.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TwoNoteTremolo</action>
        <after>TremoloUpward</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>Two Note (or Chord) Tremolo</_label>
        <_tooltip>Takes the selected two notes or chords and repeats them to make up the duration of a longer note. This will then be typeset using the tremolo notation (beaming placed between notes), while the Denemo Display will show and sound the repetitions.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AllowBreakAtHalfBar</action>
        <after>BlankPage</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Allow Breaks at Half Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a non-printing barline half-way through each bar from the cursor position onwards, which allows the typesetter to choose a line or page break at those places.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LaterSlurStart</action>
        <after>RemoveSlur</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</menupath>
        <_label>Shorten Slur from Start</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the Slur start from the note at the cursor to the following note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript</action>
        <after>ScoreComment</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>Search for Similar Scores</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a music signature from the opening intervals of the current score then searches all the scores below a given folder for one starting with the same intervals as this score. Any score found is opened in a new tab. Use to seek out a lost score in your collection by entering the first few notes of the lost score and invoking this command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AllowBreakAtBeat</action>
        <after>AllowBreakAtHalfBar</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Allow Breaks at Beats</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows the typesetter to break lines at each beat in a bar, instead of just at the end. Time signature changes must be handled manually (using Allow Page/Line Break command).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems</action>
        <after>HideEmptyStaffs</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Hide Empty Staffs on All Systems (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides empty staffs on the first and subsequent systems (Off/On). See also the command "Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)" which keeps all staffs for the first system.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AmalgamateRepeatBarlines</action>
        <after>DoubleBarRepeatStart</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</menupath>
        <_label>Amalgamate Repeat Barlines</_label>
        <_tooltip>Replaces erroneous repeat end Directive followed by repeat start with (correct) repeat-end-start Directives throughout the score. (Only one type of barline can be present at one musical time in the score).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConvertToWholeMeasureRests</action>
        <after>InsertWholeMeasureRest</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</menupath>
        <_label>Convert to Whole Measure Rests</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes rests throughout the score that have the duration of the whole measure to whole measure rests (typeset as whole-note rest by convention)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CompareWithNextScore</action>
        <after>GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>Compare With Next</_label>
        <_tooltip>Open two similar scores in two tabs, place the cursor at a point in the first tab and this command will seek onwards in the current staff for a difference between this score and the corresponding place in the second score.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SwapSourcePosition</action>
        <after>DisplayCurrentObject</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Swap Display and Source Window Positions</_label>
        <_tooltip>Swaps the positions of the Denemo Display and the (first, un-iconized) Source Window currently open.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>EmailForHelp</action>
        <after>Shortcuts</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Email for Help</_label>
        <_tooltip>Uses your browser to open an email form for you to ask questions/report problems. This is the sure and certain way to get help, the chat facility is more hit and miss"</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SortByComposer</action>
        <after>CreateIndex</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing</menupath>
        <_label>Sort by Composer</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sorts an index already created into alphabetical order by composer. The files are not re-indexed, so may be out-of-date, use Index Scores command if so.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FilterByInstrumentName</action>
        <after>SortByComposer</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing</menupath>
        <_label>Filter by Instrument</_label>
        <_tooltip>Filters the currently loaded index of scores by your choice of instrument name.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FilterByUserCondition</action>
        <after>FilterByInstrumentName</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing</menupath>
        <_label>Filter by Scheme Condition</_label>
        <_tooltip>Filters the currently loaded index of scores by a Scheme expression involving the variables filename, title, composer, comment (all strings) and the list of instruments (a list of strings)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CreateConditionalIndex</action>
        <after>CreateIndex</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing</menupath>
        <_label>Create Conditional Index</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates an index including only those scores for which the script in the Scheme Window evaluates to true (i.e. the last expression evaluates as not #f). The comment for each index entry can be created using the procedure DenemoIndexCommentDisplay, e.g. (DenemoIndexCommentDisplay mycomment).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ActivateObjectAtCursor</action>
        <after>EditCursorObject</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor</menupath>
        <_label>Activate Object</_label>
        <_tooltip>Activates the object at the Denemo cursor, equivalent to right-clicking on it. Control and Shift keys will affect the response if used in the key shortcut for this command.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveToEarliestEmptyMeasure</action>
        <after>MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Earliest Empty Measure</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the cursor back until the a non-empty measure is found. Stops in the empty measure after that.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OmitChord-Note-Rest</action>
        <after>ParenthesizeNote</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</menupath>
        <_label>Omit (Print)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Omits the current chord, note or rest when typesetting. By default this will be conditional: exclusive to current layout. Use the Object Editor to change the condition if needed.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleNonPrinting</action>
        <after>Void</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor</menupath>
        <_label>Non-Printing Object (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Makes the object at the cursor non-printing (off/on). For notes this means a rhythm-only note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarkPassages</action>
        <after>InsertDirectivesAroundSelection</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Mark Passages</_label>
        <_tooltip>Invoke this command with no selection to initialize it. Then select passages to be marked and invoke it again to mark them. (Use with the command Swap Passages in the Notation Magick menu to swap the passages marked with the corresponding music in the staff below the current staff).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SwapPassages</action>
        <after>NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick</menupath>
        <_label>Swap Passages</_label>
        <_tooltip>Passages of music in the current staff that have been marked using the Mark Passages command will be swapped with the corresponding music from the staff below.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveToStaffDownAppending</action>
        <after>MoveToStaffDown</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Staff Down, Appending</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves to the appending position in the staff below.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveToStaffUpAppending</action>
        <after>MoveToStaffUp</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Move to Staff Up, Appending</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves to the appending position in the staff above.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChangeStencil</action>
        <after>ShiftNext</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Change Stencil for Object</_label>
        <_tooltip>Lets you create your own stencil for typesetting the next occurence of the chosen layout object. The stencil is created using LilyPond markup - this can be anything from a single character to a drawing in encapsulated Postscript format. See LilyPond documentation for details.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SeekLocations</action>
        <after>SearchMusic</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</menupath>
        <_label>Seek Locations</_label>
        <_tooltip>Seek for locations in the score satisfying a certain condition e.g. exceeding a range or at a clef change etc. A list of such locations is created which can be selected from. Repeating the command after choosing one location re-presents the remainder of the list.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PasteFromAbove</action>
        <after>PasteComment</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Paste From Staff Above</_label>
        <_tooltip>Copies any non-musical objects for the current musical moment from the staff above and pastes them into this staff after the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>IgnoreOn</action>
        <after>ShowStems</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Ignore On</_label>
        <_tooltip>Start commenting-out of the LilyPond output. You must resume the typesetting with Ignore Off before the end of the staff or the score will not typeset.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>IgnoreOff</action>
        <after>IgnoreOn</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Ignore Off</_label>
        <_tooltip>End commenting-out of the LilyPond output. Normal typesetting resumes from this point.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConditionalSecondTimeBar</action>
        <after>EndVolta</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AlternativeBars</menupath>
        <_label>Conditional 2nd Time Bar(s)</_label>
        <_tooltip>If there is no selection: Duplicates the bar(s) from the cursor to the end as an identical 2nd time bar(s) to be used only when not typesetting the part on its own. If there is a selection: Duplicates the selection for the same purpose. Inserts a end- (or end/start-) repeat barline for use only when typesetting the part. Use to avoid a part having two identical bars marked first and second time.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Arpeggiate</action>
        <after>CloseParenthesizeChord</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Arpeggiate</_label>
        <_tooltip>Transforms the three-note chord at the cursor into a triplet of notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoteRecognition</action>
        <after>CheckPitches</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Note Recognition (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Five notes are played at random from the current bar.
You must play the last one on the MIDI keyboard to score. 
You can paste as many different notes as you like into a bar -
if you include the same note many times you will get that one more often.
You can cheat by looking at the Denemo cursor position.
Invoke the command again to stop.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NewScoreFromCurrent</action>
        <after>NewWindow</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu</menupath>
        <_label>New from Current</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a new score from the current score omitting the actual music and prompting for  possible new values for clef, key, time signature, titles etc.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReloadScore</action>
        <after>NewScoreFromCurrent</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Reload Score</_label>
        <_tooltip>Reloads the current score from last saved version on disk.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SwingStaff</action>
        <after>MuteStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Swing Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes the playback duration of pairs of 𝅘𝅥𝅮  notes for swing or notes inègales. Does not affect typesetting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffSoundGraceNotes</action>
        <after>SwingStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Sound Grace Notes</_label>
        <_tooltip>Grace notes will be played back as appogiature, stealing time from the following note. Not for Playback View which uses LilyPond's MIDI to play back.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffRemoveCustomDurations</action>
        <after>StaffSoundGraceNotes</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Remove Custom Durations (Swing/Graces)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Removes the special durations applied by swing and sounding grace notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>UndotRests</action>
        <after>SimplifyTies</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Un-dot Rests</_label>
        <_tooltip>Changes dotted rests into the equivalent sequence of un-dotted rests in the current staff. Use e.g. in 6/8 time to replace 𝅘𝅥. with  𝄽 𝄾 </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarkConsecutives</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis</menupath>
        <_label>Mark Consecutive 5ths and Octaves</_label>
        <_tooltip>Marks positions in a score where consecutive fifths or octaves occur. Expects two staffs one with up to three part harmony and the other with the bass.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>2nds-and-3rds</action>
        <after>Interval-Identification</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals</menupath>
        <_label>2nds and 3rds</_label>
        <_tooltip>Compare the major and minor 2nd and 3rd intervals</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>3rds-and-4ths</action>
        <after>2nds-and-3rds</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals</menupath>
        <_label>3rds and 4ths</_label>
        <_tooltip>Compare the interval of minor 3rd to an augmented 4th</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>4ths-and-5ths</action>
        <after>3rds-and-4ths</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals</menupath>
        <_label>4ths and 5ths</_label>
        <_tooltip>Compare the interval of the P4 through P5</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>5ths-and-6ths</action>
        <after>4ths-and-5ths</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals</menupath>
        <_label>5ths and 6ths</_label>
        <_tooltip>Compare the intervals of the diminished 5th to the minor 6th</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>6ths-and-7ths</action>
        <after>5ths-and-6ths</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals</menupath>
        <_label>6ths and 7ths</_label>
        <_tooltip>compare the intervals between the minor 6th to the major 7th</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>7ths-and-8ths</action>
        <after>6ths-and-7ths</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals</menupath>
        <_label>7ths and 8ths</_label>
        <_tooltip>Compare the intervals of a minor 7th to the perfect 8</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleMidiThru</action>
        <after>FlattenEnharmonicSet</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</menupath>
        <_label>Toggle Listening/Editing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Switches between passing MIDI input directly to output or to Denemo. Use this instead of CapsLock to avoid altering keyboard shortcuts involving the Shift key when editing and listening.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CutSelectionAsSketch</action>
        <after>ApplyToSelection</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</menupath>
        <_label>Cut Selection as Sketch</_label>
        <_tooltip>Cuts the selection and places it in a new non-printing movement (a \"sketch\") after the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MinimumSystemsPerPage</action>
        <after>SetPageCount</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Minimum Number of Systems Per Page</_label>
        <_tooltip>The LilyPond typesetter will not typeset less than the given number of systems per page. Use to prevent the last page having an \"orphan\" line of music, for example.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveStaffToTop</action>
        <after>SwapStaffs</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Staff to Top</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the current staff to become the topmost staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MoveStaffToBottom</action>
        <after>MoveStaffToTop</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Staff to Bottom</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the current staff to become the bottom most staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DuplicateTwoMeasures</action>
        <after>AddDuplicateMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Duplicate Two Measures</_label>
        <_tooltip>Inserts a copy of the previous and the current measure after the curreent measure.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ExportAsMusicXML</action>
        <after>ExportMUDELA</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export as MusicXML</_label>
        <_tooltip>Exports the current score in the MusicXML format. For a multi-movement score the movements are saved in files of the form *-n.xml where n is the number of the movement. The export is limited to things Denemo knows about the score - it does not know a lot about how LilyPond will typeset the score. The parts are exported on separate staffs.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToNextNote</action>
        <after>MoveCursorRight</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Cursor To Next Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves to the next note, topping at blank measures. Sounds a warning if no more notes.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>OrnamentBassFigureHeight</action>
        <after>AdjustFiguredBassHeights</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Fix Bass Figure/Marking Clashes.</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shifts bass figures up to avoid clashes with markings on the bass note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ReplicateManualBeams</action>
        <after>DeleteBeamingDirective</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</menupath>
        <_label>Replicate Beams from Selection</_label>
        <_tooltip>Copies the manual beams set in the current selection to occurrences of the same rhythmic pattern at the same beat
(in the same time signature) in the rest of the staff.
Include rests if they are part of the pattern.
</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SeparateMovement</action>
        <after>RaggedRight</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Separated Movement (On/Off)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints this movement on its own page(s). Not for use with Book Titles.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RhythmicStaff</action>
        <after>ChordChartStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Rhythmic Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>The staff will display as rhythm only, with pitches being ignored.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SpacingParameters</action>
        <after>MarkupSystemSpacingDist</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing</menupath>
        <_label>Choose Titles and Systems Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Lets you choose parameters to control the vertical spacing between titles, systems and margins.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ExportScoreAsAudio</action>
        <after>ExportMIDI</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export Score as Audio</_label>
        <_tooltip>Plays a performance of the whole score, including repeats, then offers to save the recording as Audio.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs</action>
        <after>MarkConsecutives</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis</menupath>
        <_label>Mark Consecutives Across Staffs</_label>
        <_tooltip>Expects one voice per staff - marks consecutive octaves and fifths. Save score first.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SingleExtender</action>
        <after>EditFiguredBass</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass</menupath>
        <_label>Single Extender</_label>
        <_tooltip>Create a single extender for the group of figures on the previous note. Append |0 to the group and use 0 for the extender to leave a little space between the group and the start of the extender.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>GoToTypesetMeasureNumber</action>
        <after>GoToMeasure</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</menupath>
        <_label>Go To Typeset Measure Number</_label>
        <_tooltip>Goes to the measure number given taking into account any measure offset (normally this will be set to be the measure number as typeset).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConditionalClefChange</action>
        <after>ClefChooser</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Conditional Clef Change</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates clef change at the cursor will *not* affect the typeset score if the specified condition is met.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PlayAndAdvance</action>
        <after>RecordMidiIn</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Play and Advance Marked Midi Note</_label>
        <_tooltip>Plays the marked recorded MIDI note and advances the mark.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>BackupAndPlay</action>
        <after>PlayAndAdvance</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Backup and Play Marked MIDI Note.</_label>
        <_tooltip>Moves the marked MIDI note one note earlier and plays that.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SyncRecordingToCursor</action>
        <after>RecordMidiIn</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Synchronize Marked Recorded Midi Note to Denemo Cursor Position</_label>
        <_tooltip>Alters the timing of the recorded MIDI notes so that the marked note plays at the time of the note currently at the Denemo cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteMidiAndClickTrack</action>
        <after>DeleteRecordedMidi</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Recorded MIDI and Click Track</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes the MIDI recording and the click track that shows it and any trailing blank measures.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleMuteClickTrack</action>
        <after>ExtendClickTrack</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Unmute/Mute Recording Playback</_label>
        <_tooltip>Controls whether the recorded MIDI (and the click track) plays back with your score when you do Play.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleHideOtherStaffsKeepingClick</action>
        <after>ToggleMuteClickTrack</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Hide Other Staffs (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides/unhides other staffs in the display while keeping the MIDI track at the top visible.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PlayRecordedMidi</action>
        <after>SyncRecordingToCursor</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Play Recorded MIDI (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Plays the recorded MIDI track from the marked MIDI note or beginning if no note is marked. Stops playing if already playing MIDI track.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetMarkedMidiFromEnd</action>
        <after>BackupAndPlay</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Reposition Relative to End</_label>
        <_tooltip>Asks for a number of seconds back from the end of the recording which you want to synchronize with the Denemo Cursor. Use this to find and position a passage you have just recorded ready for transcribing.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AdjustTempoToMidiRecording</action>
        <after>SyncRecordingToCursor</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording</menupath>
        <_label>Adjust Tempo to Recording</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adjusts the movement tempo to match the tempo of the MIDI recording. You have to designate two places to be synchronized.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>RecordAndAttach</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio</menupath>
        <_label>Record (Start/Stop) and Attach at Cursor</_label>
        <_tooltip>The first invocation of this command starts recording - play the melody you want to notate. Then invoke the command again to stop the recording - the audio is attached to an (optional) click track created at the top of the staffs. The recording will play along with your notated music - ensure you have enough filled measures after the cursor to attach the audio to otherwise it won't play.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CloseSourceAudioFile</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio</menupath>
        <_label>Delete Audio Recording</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes the current audio recording.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SaveRecording</action>
        <after>ToggleRecordingAudio</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio</menupath>
        <_label>Save Recording</_label>
        <_tooltip>Saves the recorded autio to disk.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleAudioRecord</action>
        <after>RecordAndAttach</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio</menupath>
        <_label>Record (Start/Stop)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts/Stops recording the audio output from Denemo.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TransposeOnPlayback</action>
        <after>SwapMovements</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Transpose on Playback</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the MIDI transpose on each staff of the current movement up or down by the number of semitones given.The default value given restores to untransposed output.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ShowLyricVerse</action>
        <after>AddVerse</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Lyrics</menupath>
        <_label>Show Verse</_label>
        <_tooltip>Opens up the lyric pane that contains the verse(s) for this staff (if any)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AllowAmbitus</action>
        <after>TinyStaffAllMovements</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Ambitus</_label>
        <_tooltip>Typesets the Ambitus of each staff at the start of the first system. This can be conditional (turned on by the Inclusion Criterion Ambitus in the Print View) or uncondtional.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing</action>
        <after>TallerStaffs</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects</menupath>
        <_label>Minimum Staff Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the minimum distance in pixels between adjacent staffs in the Denemo Display. Staffs move further apart to accomodate leger lines where needed, unless fixed staff spacing is turned on. No effect on typesetting.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TogglePrintViewVisibility</action>
        <after>SwapSourcePosition</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles</menupath>
        <_label>Toggle Print View</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides/Unhides the Print View</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleCommandManagerVisibility</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles</menupath>
        <_label>Toggle Command Center</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides/Unhides the Command Center</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TogglePlaybackControlsVisibility</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles</menupath>
        <_label>Toggle Playback Controls</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides/Unhides the PlaybackControls</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleMidiInControlsVisibility</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles</menupath>
        <_label>Toggle MidiIn Controls</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides/Unhides the Midi In Controls</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleLilyPondViewVisibility</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles</menupath>
        <_label>Toggle LilyPond View</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides/Unhides the LilyPond View</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ToggleSchemeViewVisibility</action>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles</menupath>
        <_label>Toggle Scheme View</_label>
        <_tooltip>Hides/Unhides the Scheme view</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>PlayPause</action>
        <after>Play</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Play/Pause</_label>
        <_tooltip>Plays from the playback start marker in the current movement or Pauses if playing</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StopUnPause</action>
        <after>Stop</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Stop/Forget Pause</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stops the playback or cancels the Pause, restoring the original start playback marker position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>LayoutInstrumentation</action>
        <after>ScoreTitles</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Layout Instrumentation</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the instrumentation that the current layout provides (e.g. full score, violin 1, etc)</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetScoreSizeForLayout</action>
        <after>SetFontSize</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Score Size for Layout</_label>
        <_tooltip>Sets the overall score size to use (only) for the current layout.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>FootnoteSeparator</action>
        <after>Footnote</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</menupath>
        <_label>Footnote Separator</_label>
        <_tooltip>Creates a dialog for changing the appearance of the separator appearing above footnotes at the bottom of the page.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ExportBook</action>
        <after>ExportPDF</after>
        <menupath>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export</menupath>
        <_label>Export Book of Layouts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows the creation of a single PDF containing a variety of layouts (e.g. Full Score and individual parts). The layouts can have different font sizes etc, unlike the Append option in the Print View.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>SetSystemCount</action>
        <after>SetPageCount</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Set Total Number of Systems</_label>
        <_tooltip>Fixes the number of systems ("lines") of music to be used for layouts of this score. This won't be useful when typesetting more than one movement in a layout.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DisplayPageAndSystemCounts</action>
        <after>SetSystemCount</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Display Page and System Counts</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shows the total number of pages and total number of systems in the Print View (as a watermark at the top).</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CrescDimSpanner</action>
        <after>Dim</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Cresc/Dim Text Spanner</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to create a cresc. or dim. that extends over many notes - hyphens are inserted where there would be gaps; example: cresc. --- poco --- a ---poco --- </_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoteSpacing</action>
        <after>Indent</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Note Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Make the horizontal spacing of the music tighter or looser than the default for this movement. Choose to restrict the effect to the current layout or to set the default value for layouts not assigned a value.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConditionalScoreValue</action>
        <after>CheckScoreSkipping</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score</menupath>
        <_label>Conditional Values/Properties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to create conditional values for properties ("directives") you have set on the Score. Use e.g. to set a page count for typesetting one part. Or e.g. title to use when an Inclusion Criterion is set in the Print View.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConditionalMovementValue</action>
        <after>MvntComment</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Conditional Values/Properties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to create conditional values for properties ("directives") you have set on the current movement. Use e.g. to set a different movement title to use when an Inclusion Criterion is set in the Print View.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ConditionalStaffValue</action>
        <after>EditStaffProperties</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Conditional Values/Properties</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to create conditional values for properties ("directives") you have set on the current staff Use e.g. use to set a different Instrument Name when an Inclusion Criterion is set in the Print View.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AmbitusMovement</action>
        <after>Custos</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Ambitus (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the ambitus for all staffs in current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AmbitusScore</action>
        <after>TinyStaffAllMovements</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter</menupath>
        <_label>Ambitus (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the ambitus of each staff in all the movements.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AnnotatePlayback</action>
        <after>TransposeOnPlayback</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback</menupath>
        <_label>Annotate Playback</_label>
        <_tooltip>This command allows you to mark moments during playback for further study.
Choosing Play and Annotate plays from the cursor and allows you to mark moments as you listen by pressing the space bar or left-clicking in the Print View or the Source View.
Right-clicking in the Print or Source View or pressing a key other than space stops the play whereupon you can choose Insert Annotation Markers to insert marks "x" into the current staff.
Then use Move and Play to play a couple of bars at the next annotation - you change the mark to a comment, edit the score etc, before moving on to the next.
Marks can be deleted just like any other object or the Clear All Marks option can be chosen to finish.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Forte</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings</menupath>
        <_label>Forte</_label>
        <_tooltip>Attaches Forte to chord and MIDI volume</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Fortissimo</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings</menupath>
        <_label>Fortissimo</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places a ff sign on the chord at the cursor</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>DeleteDynamic</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings</menupath>
        <_label>Delete</_label>
        <_tooltip>Deletes a dynamic attached to the chord at the cursor.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MezzoForte</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings</menupath>
        <_label>Mezzo Forte</_label>
        <_tooltip>Attach mf indication to a chord.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MezzoPiano</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings</menupath>
        <_label>Mezzo Piano</_label>
        <_tooltip>prints mp and outputs MIDI vol change#</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>Allegro</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications</menupath>
        <_label>Allegro</_label>
        <_tooltip>Print Allegro in bold italics above the chord.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AllegroAssai</action>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications</menupath>
        <_label>Allegro Assai</_label>
        <_tooltip>Gives Allegro Assai tempo indication</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>VoiceAmbitus</action>
        <after>TransposeVoices</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Ambitus</_label>
        <_tooltip>Shows the ambitus of this voice at start of staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AdditiveMirror</action>
        <after>SubstituteMusic</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Add Mirrored Music</_label>
        <_tooltip>Music from another staff will be typeset on this staff in addition to any music in this staff. Usually this staff will not contain notes but spacer rests and marks or other directives.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>AddTabMirror</action>
        <after>MarksStaff</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff</menupath>
        <_label>Add Mirror Tab Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Adds a tab staff after the current staff whose music mirrors the current staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MarkupAtStart</action>
        <after>MarkupAtEnd</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles</menupath>
        <_label>Text Before Movement</_label>
        <_tooltip>Places (formatted) text before the music of the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>CustomDynamic</action>
        <after>LengthenHairpin</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics</menupath>
        <_label>Custom Dynamic</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints a textual dynamic indication with arbitrary text. Use in a Dynamics or Marks staff for any text that must be aligned with other dynamics.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NoPageBreak</action>
        <after>NoLineBreak</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>No Page Break</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prevents a page break occurring at the cursor position.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>ChooseInitialClef</action>
        <after>InitialClef</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Initial Clef</_label>
        <_tooltip>Choose the intial clef for the current staff.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffWithBarNumbers</action>
        <after>SetStaffRangeFromChord</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Bar Numbers on Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Prints the bar numbers on the current staff. Repeat to remove.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StaffWithMarks</action>
        <after>StaffWithBarNumbers</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu</menupath>
        <_label>Show Marks on Staff</_label>
        <_tooltip>Marks (e.g. Rehearsal Marks) will appear on the current staff - they will not be printed above the systems as is usual.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MTitles</action>
        <after>MovementTitles</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles</menupath>
        <_label>Set Movement Titles</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to set various titles for the current movement.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StartBarre</action>
        <after>LigatureEnd</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Start Barre</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts a Barre marking from the chord at the cursor. There must be a Stop Barre marking for this to typeset.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StopBarre</action>
        <after>StartBarre</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning</menupath>
        <_label>Stop Barre</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stops a previously inserted Start Barre without which an typesetting error will occur.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>InstallGraceNoteHint</action>
        <after>GraceNoteSwitcher</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</menupath>
        <_label>Install Grace Note Hint</_label>
        <_tooltip>Installs grace note spacer rests in other voices to work around a problem with typesetting grace notes with non-music objects that appear at the same moment.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>TweakSpacing</action>
        <after>FretDiagram</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings</menupath>
        <_label>Tweak Spacing</_label>
        <_tooltip>Allows you to tweak the amount of padding and the position of the mark at the cursor. This can give more room for the mark pushing the systems apart to make room.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>MovementRaggedLast</action>
        <after>RaggedRight</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout</menupath>
        <_label>Ragged Last</_label>
        <_tooltip>This movement will be typeset without stretching the last system to fill the line.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StartExtendedTrill</action>
        <after>ToggleTrill</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Start Extended Trill (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Starts a trill on this note which continues until a Stop Extended Trill is encountered.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>StopExtendedTrill</action>
        <after>StartExtendedTrill</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</menupath>
        <_label>Stop Extended Trill (Off/On)</_label>
        <_tooltip>Stops a trill started on an earlier note.</_tooltip>
      </row>
      <row type="scheme">
        <action>NonPrintingVoice</action>
        <after>EditVoiceDirective</after>
        <menupath>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</menupath>
        <_label>Non Printing Voiice</_label>
        <_tooltip>This voice will be omitted when typeset.</_tooltip>
      </row>
    </map>
  </merge>
</Denemo>
